Linked PDF

SERVICE MANUAL
T6010 / T6020 / T6030 / T6040 /

T6050 / T6060 / T6070
Tractor
FRAME AND CAB - E

HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - H
Part number 84410765

1st Edition English
December 2010
Printed in U.S.A.
Copyright © 2010 CNH America LLC. All Rights Reserved. New Holland is a registered trademark of CNH America LLC.
Racine Wisconsin 53404 U.S.A.
FRAME AND CAB - E
FRAME Primary frame - 10.B
T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
TECHNICAL DATA
Front
Torque (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SERVICE
Front
Remove (Front support and front axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Install (Front support and front axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Clearance (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 2
FRAME AND CAB - FRAME Primary frame
Front - Torque (Front support)

Standard axle
SS09F106 1
Suspended axle and supersteer™ axle
SS09F107 2
(A) screw 650 Nm (479 lb ft)

(B) stud bolt 240 Nm (177 lb ft)
(B) nut 480 Nm (354 lb ft)
Front - Special tools

Tool No. Description Alternative
previous No.
380000569 Tractor splitting kit 297471
380000500 Engine support brackets (with 380000569) 297617
380000844 Engine support adaptor plate (with 380000500) -
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 3
Front - Remove (Front support and front axle)
Prior operation:
Drain the cooling system - see ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Drain fluid (B.50.A).
DANGER
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Make sure that
units or parts are supported by suitable slings or hooks. Make sure that no-one is in the vicinity of the load
to be lifted. Failure to comply could result in serious injury or death.
B012
1. Disconnect the battery cable - see Battery - Discon-

nect (A.30.A).
2. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a
hoist and remove the front weights (if fitted).
BSB0181A 1
3. Loosen the hose clamps (1), remove the pipe clamp

retaining bolt (2) and remove the air cooler outlet
pipe.
BVE0254A 2
4. Loosen the pipe clamp (1), hose clamp (2) and re-
move the air cooler inlet pipe.
BVE0401A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 4
5. Disconnect the Plugs (1).

Loosen the clamp (2) and remove the air cleaner in-
let.
SS09H162 4
Tractors with Air Conditioning

6. Remove the receiver dryer retaining screws from the
retaining bracket.
BVE0255A 5
7. Slide out the air conditioning condenser from the ra-

diator and reposition with the hoses still attached.
BVE0257B 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 5
All Tractors
8. Loosen the hose clamps (1) and disconnect the
coolant hoses from the radiator.
Remove the radiator support (2).
BVE0258A 7
9. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and disconnect the

coolant hose.
BVE0321A 8
10. Loosen the coolant hose clamp (1) and disconnect

the coolant hose connecting the cab heater to the
radiator.
BVE0322A 9
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 6
11. Disconnect the steering sensor electrical connector

(if fitted).
BVE0289A 10
12. Detach the driveline oil cooler supply and return

pipes from the retaining clamps.
BVE0290A 11
13. Disconnect the steering cylinder supply and return

pipes (1).
Disconnect the differential lock oil supply pipe (2) (if
fitted).
BVE0291A 12
14. Remove the four wheel driveshaft - see Shaft - Re-

move (Supersteer™ axle) (D.14.C) or
Shaft - Remove (Standard axle) (D.14.C).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 7
15. Position the splitting kit (1) 380000569 beneath the

tractor.
Use the supports (2), in the splitting kit to support the
engine on the splitting stand.
BVE0314A 13
16. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle

and the front support. These prevent articulation of
the axle.
BVE0410A 14
17. Using a spreader bar and suitable chains or slings,

attach the front and rear of the support assembly to
a moveable overhead hoist.
Remove the front support retaining bolts and sepa-
rate the front support from the engine.
WARNING
Always ensure the support is adequately supported
and will remain stable when seperated from the engine.
Failure to provide adequate support may cause the as-
sembly to be unstable with possible personal injury if
the support tips forwards or backwards.
B017
BVE0293A 15
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 8
18. Support the assembly on axle stands at the front and

the rear of the support.
BSD1966A 16
Next operation:
Front - Install (Front support and front axle) (E.10.B)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 9
Front - Install (Front support and front axle)

Prior operation:
Front - Remove (Front support and front axle) (E.10.B)
NOTE: If a new front support or the engine oil pan has been removed and replaced during overhaul it is necessary to
recalculate the new shim thickness to be installed - see Front - Clearance (Front support) (E.10.B).
1. Make sure the shims (1) are re-positioned in the
same location as when removed.
BVE0402A 1
2. Make sure the wooden wedges (1) are between the

front axle and the front support. These prevent artic-
ulation of the axle.
Using a spreader bar and suitable chains or slings,
attach the front and rear of the support assembly to
a moveable overhead hoist.
BVE0293A 2
3. Align the front support to the engine and install the

front support to engine retaining bolts. Tighten to the
specified torque value - see Front - Torque (Front
support) (E.10.B).
4. Remove the supports (2) and the splitting kit (1).
BVE0314A 3
5. Install the four wheel driveshaft - see Shaft - Install

(Supersteer™ axle) (D.14.C) or
Shaft - Install (Standard axle) (D.14.C).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 10
6. Connect the steering cylinder supply and return

pipes (1).
Connect the differential lock oil supply pipe (2) (if fit-
ted).
BVE0291A 4
7. Attach the driveline oil cooler supply and return pipes

to the retaining clamps.
BVE0290A 5
8. Connect the steering sensor electrical connector (if

fitted).
BVE0289A 6
9. Connect the coolant hose and tighten the hose clamp

(1).
BVE0321A 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 11
10. Connect the coolant hose connecting the cab heater

to the radiator and tighten the hose clamp (1).
BVE0322A 8
11. Connect the coolant hoses to the radiator and tighten

the hose clamps (1).
Install the radiator support (2).
BVE0258A_3 9
Tractors with Air Conditioning

12. Slide the air conditioning condenser on to the radiator
BVE0257B 10
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 12
13. Install the receiver dryer retaining screws to the re-

taining bracket.
BVE0255A_4 11
All Tractors
14. Install the air intake pipe and tighten the clamp (2).
Connect the plugs (1).
SS09H162 12
15. Install the air cooler inlet pipe. Tighten the pipe clamp
(1) and the hose clamp (2).
BVE0401A_5 13
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 13
16. Install the air cooler outlet pipe. Tighten the hose
clamps (1) and install the pipe clamp retaining bolt
(2).
BVE0254A 14
17. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a

hoist and install the front weights (if fitted).
BSB0181A 15
18. Connect the battery cable - see Battery - Connect

(A.30.A).
19. Refill the cooling system - see ENGINE COOLANT
SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A).
20. Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil -
see Consumables Lubrications and Coolants.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 14
Front - Clearance (Front support)

1. Install a 4.5 mm (0.18 in) yellow shim (1) part number
82026240 onto each of the engine mounting studs.
BVE0402A_7 1
2. Align the front support to the engine and install the

four upper retaining bolts.
Tighten to the specified torque value - see Front -
Torque (Front support) (E.10.B).
3. Using feeler gauges measure space between each
shim and the front support.
Add feeler gauge dimension to the 4.5 mm (0.18 in)
shim thickness already installed and select the ap-
propriate shim(s) from the following list.
BVE0411A 2
Colour Code Shim Thickness Part Number

Yellow 4.5 mm (0.18 in) 82026240
Green 4.8 mm (0.19 in) 82026241
Red 5.1 mm (0.20 in) 82026242
Blue 5.4 mm (0.21 in) 82026243
White 5.7 mm (0.22 in) 82026244
Black 6.0 mm (0.24 in) 82026245
Pink 6.3 mm (0.25 in) 82026246
Light Blue 6.6 mm (0.26 in) 82026247
Gold 6.9 mm (0.27 in) 82026248
Time 7.2 mm (0.28 in) 82026249
Orange 7.5 mm (0.30 in) 82026250
Blue/Grey 7.8 mm (0.31 in) 82026251
4. Separate the front support from the engine and re-

place the 4.5 mm (0.18 in) shims with shims of cal-
culated thickness.
5. Reinstall the front support and tighten the retaining
bolts to specified torque value - see Front - Torque
(Front support) (E.10.B).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 15
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Front - Clearance (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Front - Install (Front support and front axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Front - Remove (Front support and front axle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Front - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Front - Torque (Front support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.10.B / 16
FRAME AND CAB - E
SHIELD - 20.A
T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.20.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
SHIELD - 20.A
SERVICE
Engine hood
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.20.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - SHIELD
Engine hood - Remove

1. Disconnect the lighting harness electrical connector
(1).
BVE0234A 1
2. Disconnect the headlamp electrical connectors, re-

move the retaining screws and remove the head-
lamp. Repeat this step for the remaining headlamp.
3. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a nylon
cable (1) through the headlamp openings.
BVE0236A 2
4. Remove the retaining clip (1) and disconnect the

strut. Repeat this step for the remaining retaining clip
and the strut.
Remove the hood retaining bolt (2). Repeat this step
for the remaining hood retaing bolt.
Raise the engine hood slowly and make sure that all
cables are free of obstruction.
BVE0237A 3
Next operation:
Engine hood - Install (E.20.A)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.20.A / 3
FRAME AND CAB - SHIELD
Engine hood - Install

Prior operation:
Engine hood - Remove (E.20.A)
1. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a nylon

cable (1) through the headlamp openings.
BVE0236A 1
2. Lower the engine hood slowly, ensure that all cables

are free of obstruction.
Install the hood retaining bolt (1). Repeat this step
for the remaining hood retaining bolt.
Connect the strut and install the retaining clip (2).
Repeat this step for the remaining retaining clip and
the strut.
BVE0237B 2
3. Install the headlamp and the retaining screws. Con-

nect the headlamp electrical connectors. Repeat this
step for the remaining headlamp.
4. Connect the lighting harness electrical connector (1).
BVE0234A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.20.A / 4
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E
SHIELD - 20.A
Engine hood - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine hood - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.20.A / 5
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.20.A / 6
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A
T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Instrument panel
Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic description Senders, Sensors and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic description Performance Monitor Functions with Enhanced
Keypad (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT
Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic

description Senders, Sensors and Switches
SS09J001 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 3
A REAR PTO SPEED SENSOR

Sensor output modulates as signal voltage to the instrument cluster to display PTO speed.
B TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

Senses transmission output (wheel) speed and generates a signal for cluster ground speed display, distance
display, and to cumpute area accumulations.
When a radar is fitted, the transmission speed sensor is used only to compute % slip display.
C AIRBRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR/SWITCH

Resistance varies with air pressure, when pressure is below 5.2 bar (75.4 psi) ± 0.3 bar (4.4 psi) the
switch closed and the warning lamp is activated.
Pressure 0 bar 1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 10
(0.0 (14.5 (29.0 (43.5 (58.0 (72.5 (87.0 (101.5 (116.0 (130.5 bar
psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) psi) (145.0
psi)
Resistance (Ω) 10 31 52 71 88 106 124 140 155 170 184
D DIFFERENTIAL LOCK PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates when transmission oil pressure 11 bar (159.5 psi) is present in differential lock supply lines to
illuminate warning lamp.
Switch is normally open.
E TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates as transmission oil pressure drops below 11 bar (159.5 psi) to operate warning lamp.
Switch is normally closed.
F 4WD PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates when transmission pressure 11 bar (159.5 psi) is absent in 4WD line (4WD engaged) to illuminate
warning lamp.
G BRAKE PEDALS NOT LATCHED SWITCH

Operates when brake pedals are not latched to display warning lamp.
H RADAR SENSOR (Optional)

Senses true ground speed and generates a signal for cluster ground speed, % slip, distance displays
and to compute area accumulations.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 4
SS09J002 2
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 5
I BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH

Operates as fluid level drops below minimum to display warning lamp.
J ALTERNATOR
Provides a signal for instrument cluster charge warning lamp.
K ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDER

The temperature sender resistance changes proportionally with coolant temperature causing a modulated
signal voltage to be sent back to the instrument cluster to operate the gauge.
TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE
120 °C (248.0 °F) 113 Ω
110 °C (230.0 °F) 144 Ω
100 °C (212.0 °F) 186 Ω
90 °C (194.0 °F) 243 Ω
80 °C (176.0 °F) 323 Ω
70 °C (158.0 °F) 435 Ω
60 °C (140.0 °F) 596 Ω
50 °C (122.0 °F) 834 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 1175 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 1707 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 2057 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 2500 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 3792 Ω
L ENGINE SPEED SENSOR

Sensor output modulates as signal voltage to the instrument cluster to display ERPM.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 6
SS09J003 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 7
M ENGINE INTAKE AIR FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH

Operates when the vacuum in the air intake system rises above 46.7 mm Hg (1.84 in Hg) to illuminate
warning lamp.
N WATER IN FUEL SWITCH

Operates when water is detected in the fuel to illuminate warning lamp.
O ENGINE GRID HEATER RELAY

Operates when engine grid heater is enabled and displays warning lamp.
P FUEL LEVEL SENDER

Signal from sender potentiometer determines fuel level displayed on the gauge.
SENDER RESISTANCE GAUGE INDICATION FAULT

< 13,6 Ω Short Circuit
31,3 Ω FULL
135 Ω HALF
241 Ω EMPTY
> 900 Ω Open Circuit
Q TRAILER BRAKE SWITCH

Operates when trailer brakes are applied to illuminate warning lamp.
R PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

Switch is closed with parking brake applied, providing a warning lamp and audible alarm with key switch on.
Sounds an alarm when wheel movement is detected above 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph).
Sounds an alarm for 2 minutes with key switch off and park brake released.
S ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (Mechanical Engines)

Operates as engine oil pressure drops below 0.6 bar (8.7 psi) to operate warning lamp.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 8
SS09J004 4
T ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (Electronic Engines)

Activates oil pressure warning according to the table below.
RPM PRESSURE ALARM

< 600 RPM ----- OFF
600 - 1000 RPM Below (from 1.4 - 1.95 bar (20.3 - 28.3 psi) ON
U INTAKE FILTER OIL TEMPERATURE SWITCH

Operates as the transmission oil temperature rises above 40 °C (104.0 °F) to allow the intake filter restriction
switch to function.
V INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTION SWITCH

Operates as the transmission intake vacuum rises above 406 mm Hg (228,8 in H2O) to operate warning
lamp.
Switch is normally open
W STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates when pressure drops below 0.8 bar (11.6 psi), illuminating warning lamp in instrument cluster.
X CHARGE PRESSURE SWITCH

Operates as charge pressure drops below 0.8 bar (11.6 psi) to illuminate warning lamp.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 9
24 x 24 Transmissions
An additional filter restriction switch (X) is fitted to the
right hand filter on these transmissions.
BSE3718A 5
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 10
Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Static

description
ANALOGUE/DIGITAL INSTRUMENTATION
The instrument panel consists of three analogue gauges, three liquid crystal displays (LCD’s) and a dot matrix display
(DMD).
In addition to the gauges and LCD displays there are 25 coloured lights providing other operating information or warn-
ing of system malfunction.
The lower left button on the instrument panel controls the intensity of back lighting for the LCD’s and dot matrix dis-
plays, the two right-hand buttons adjust the digital clock.
BRE1433A_585 1
GAUGES
Engine Tachometer
The tachometer (1) indicates engine revolutions per minute. Each division on the scale represents 100 RPM, therefore
with the needle indicating ‘20’ the engine is running at 2000 RPM.
BRE1442B 2
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 11
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The temperature gauge (2) indicates the temperature of the engine coolant. If the needle enters the upper (red)
section of the gauge while the engine is running, stop the engine and investigate the cause.
BRE1446B 3
Fuel Level Gauge

The gauge (3) indicates the level of fuel in the tank and is only operative with the key-start switch turned on.
BRE1446B 4
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 12
INDICATOR AND WARNING LIGHTS

The 25 coloured lights provide operating information or give warning of system malfunction. Illumination of a warning
light may be accompanied by an audible alarm. Depending on the severity of the malfunction, an alarm will sound as
follows.
Critical Alarm
Alarm will sound contiuously accompanied by the red warning light. The tractor must be stopped immeadiately. The
alarm will sound until the fault is corrected or the engine switched off.
Non Critical Alarm

A 5 second continuous alarm will be accompanied by the amber warning light. A failure or error has occured but the
operator may continue work. The fault should be rectified as soon as possible.
Action Required
A two pulse alarm will sound for 1 second to advise the operator that a certain action is required. The alarm will
contiinue to sound until the operator carries out the appropriate action or the tractor engine is switched off.
General Alarm
A general alarm will sound if the operator attempts to carry out an inappropriate action i.e. driving the tractor with the
handbrake applied.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 13
BRE1449B 5
Indicator and Warning Lights

1 Work lamp - Light will illuminate when work lamps 2 Fast Steer - Light will illuminate when fast steer
are switched on. function is activated.
3 Differential lock - Light will illuminate when the 4 Four wheel drive - Light will illuminate when the
differential lock is engaged. drive to the front wheels is engaged.
5 Trailer turn signal - Light will flash with tractor/trailer 6 Trailer turn signal - Light will flash with tractor/trailer
turn signals when a second trailer is attached. turn signals when a trailer is attached.
7 Parking lights - Light will illuminate when the tractor 8 Headlight high beam - Light will illuminate when the
lights are switched on. tractor lights are switched to high beam.
9 Red Stop light - If Stop light comes on stop the 10 Engine power boost - Light will illuminate when the
tractor immediately and investigate the cause. engine power boost is activated.
A warning symbol will appear in the Dot Matrix
Display to confirm the location of the fault.
11 Amber Warning light - Illumination of this light will 12 Direct drive indicator - Light will illuminate to
be accompanied by a warning symbol in the Dot indicate transmission is in direct drive. (24x24 only)
Matrix Display. Stop the tractor and investigate
the cause.
13 Parking brake - Light will flash with key-start switch 14 Trailer brake pressure (Italy only) - Light will flash
on and parking brake applied. If the key-start accompanied by a warning buzzer to indicate that
switch is turned off and the parking brake not hydraulic oil pressure to the trailer brake circuit is
applied, or the operator leaves the seat without low. The Red Stop light will also illuminate. Stop
applying the handbrake, a warning buzzer will the tractor and investigate the cause.
sound for approximately 10 seconds or until the
handbrake is applied.
15 Brake pedals not latched - Light will illuminate to 16 Engine oil pressure - Steady light accompanied
show when pedal latch is unlocked (Japan only). by the Red Stop light will indicate low engine oil
pressure. Stop the engine and investigate the
cause.
17 Creeper gears - Light will illuminate when creeper 18 Auto P.T.O. function - The light will illuminate when
gears are engaged. the Auto P.T.O. function is enabled. Each time the
implement is raised with Auto P.T.O. activated, the
light will flash. When the implement is lowered
into work the light will cease to flash and become
steady.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 14
19 Fuel level low - Light will be illuminated when the 20 Right turn indicator - Light will flash with tractor
tractor requires re-fuelling. right-hand turn signal. Intermittent alarm will sound
if indicator is not cancelled after 20 seconds.
21 Constant engine speed - Light will illuminate when 22 Left turn indicator - Light will flash with tractor
the constant engine speed is activated. left-hand turn signal. Intermittent alarm will sound
if indicator is not cancelled after 20 seconds ( 5
minutes with tractor stationary).
23 Engine exhaust brake - Light will illuminate when 24 Cold start device - Light will illuminate when the
exhaust brake system is activated. grid heater is activated using the key-start switch.
25 Alternator - Light continuously illuminated indicates
that the alternator is not charging.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 15
LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYS
Clock
A digital clock (1) is installed on the right-hand side of the instrument panel.
To adjust the time display turn the key-start on, depress and hold the Hour or Minute button until the read out starts
to Flash. To advance the hour, depress the ’H’ button (2). Each time the button is depressed the time will advance
by 1 hour. Alternatively, hold in the button and the display will advance automatically. Release the button when the
time setting is correct.
Repeat the procedure using the ’M’ button (3) for the minute display. To memorise the setting do not touch either
button for 10 seconds.
BRE1434B 6
Changing the display with ’H’ and ’M’ buttons

The clock is set at the factory to display a 12 hour reading. To change to a 24 hour reading, depress and hold both
’H’ and ’M’ buttons with the key-start off. Turn the key-start on and continue to hold both buttons for three seconds,
the clock will change to show a 24 hour display. Repeat the procedure to change back to a 12 hour reading. Turn
the key-start off to store the setting.
BRE1453A 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 16
Changing the display with Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)

With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key (2) for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
SETUP MENU, this will change to CAL after 2 seconds. Using the Menu Up key (1), scroll through the menu until
the clock symbol appears in the display accompanied by 12/24, Figure 7.
Depress the Menu/Enter key again and the display will change to show an arrow pointing to 12 or 24. Using the Menu
Up/Down keys move the arrow up or down to the setting required and then depress the Menu/Enter key to save and
return to the main menu.
BRE1456B 8
Dimming Control
The brightness of the liquid crystal (LCD) and dot matrix displays (DMD) may be varied by using the dimming control
button (1). Momentarily depressing the button will alter the backlighting in steps. Depress and hold the button to
cycle through the full range of backlighting from low to high intensity. Release the button when the required setting is
obtained.
BRE1436B 9
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 17
Centre LCD
The information displayed in the centre LCD (4), will vary depending on tractor specification. Use the CAL/SEL switch
or Enhanced Keypad (where fitted) to toggle between the displays.
The following information may be displayed in the centre LCD.
1. Rear wheel slip (with radar option only)
2. Power Take Off speed (front or rear)
3. 3-point hitch position (front or rear)
BRE1435B 10
When operating the ground drive power take off (GPTO) the display may be used to monitor the letters "GPtO". De-
press the CAL/SEL button or Enhanced Keypad (where fitted), to show the GPtO is ON (where fitted).
BRE1741A 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 18
Rear Wheel Slip

If your tractor is equipped with optional ground speed radar, the percentage (%) of rear wheel slip may be displayed.
The slip figure is calculated from information provided by the transmission speed sensor (theoretical ground speed)
and the radar (true ground speed).
BRE1439A 12
Power Take Off Speed

When operating the rear Power Take Off the display may be used to monitor the output shaft speed. Use the CAL/SEL
button or Enhanced Keypad (where fitted), to select either rear P.T.O. speed or front P.T.O. speed (where fitted).
BRE1437A 13
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 19
3-Point Hitch Position

If your tractor is equipped with Electronic Draft Control (EDC) the display may be used to show the position of the
3-point hitch (and implement) by means of numbers ranging from ’0’ (fully lowered position) to ’100’ (maximum lift
height).
When a front hitch is installed, the display may be used to show the height of the front lift arms. ’0’ will represent the
fully lowered position, ’100’ the maximum lift height.
BRE1438A 14
DOT MATRIX DISPLAY

A number of tractor operating and set-up functions may be shown in the Dot Matrix Display (DMD). To select a function
use the CAL/SEL button or the Enhanced Keypad (where fitted). A symbol will appear to confirm the function selected.
NOTE: Refer to Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic description (E.32.A) for an
explanation of warning and advisory symbols.
If an error occurs in the instrument panel or tractor systems circuits, a malfunction warning symbol will appear in this
display accompanied by an error code. Consult your authorised dealer.
BRE1452A 15
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 20

description
Error Codes
The advanced electronics on your tractor are able to detect a malfunction or error occuring in key areas such as
engine, transmission, electrical and hydraulic systems. Should a malfunction or error occur, a symbol will appear in
the DMD with a four digit error code. This may be accompanied by the illumination of a warning light and an audible
alarm depending on the severity of the fault. Consult your authorised dealer.
BRE1568B_586 1
Active and Non Active Warnings

In addition to the error codes previously described, there are a number warning symbols that may appear in the Dot
Matrix Display. These symbols will be accompanied by either a Red (critical) or Amber (non-critical) warning light.
Active (critical) symbols appearing with a Red warning light will remain permanently displayed until the tractor is
stopped and the fault rectified.
Non active (non-critical) symbols accompanied by the Amber light will be displayed for five seconds before the DMD
defaults to the symbol previously shown. The amber warning light will continue to illuminate.
By using the CAL/SEL button, or the Enhanced Keypad where fitted, non active warnings that are not permanently
displayed may be recalled.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 21
Using the CAL/SEL button

• Depress and hold the CAL/SEL button for three seconds to enter SETUP MENU, after two seconds the display
will change to CAL. Using the clock set buttons H and M to toggle the display, select the non active warning
symbol, Figure 2
.
• Depress the CAL/SEL button and the non active symbol will be replaced with a symbol corresponding to the fault
detected. After three seconds the display will default back to the non active warning symbol.
• If more than one warning symbol has been stored, the display will cycle through all symbols at three second
intervals.
• Momentarily depress the dimming button to exit the display.
BRE1591A 2
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 22
Using the Enhanced Keypad

• With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key (2) for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
the non-active warning symbol Figure 4, is displayed.
• By momentarily depressing the Menu/Enter key again, the non active symbol will be replaced with a symbol corre-
sponding to the fault detected. After three seconds the display will default back to the non active warning symbol.
BRE1456B_587 3
• If more than one non-active symbol has been stored, the display will cycle through all symbols at three second
intervals.
Touch the Menu/Enter key again to exit the display and return to the main menu.
BRE1591A 4
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 23

description
Explanation of Symbols
There are a number of warning/advisory symbols that may appear in the Dot Matrix Display. The symbols can be
categorised into four main groups.
1. Warning. These symbols advise of a fault that is critical to the operation of the tractor. Stop the tractor as soon as
possible, investigate the cause and rectify the fault.
2. Advisory. The advisory symbols are not detremental to the operation of the tractor but should not be ignored. Take
appropriate action where necessary.
3. Maintenance. These symbols tell the operator there is a concern relating to the basic functions of the tractor, ie.
low fuel, low coolant level etc.
4. System Fault. The system fault symbols relate to an operational fault in one or more of the tractors main compo-
nents, either electrical or mechanical. Consult your authorised dealer.
Dot Matrix Symbols - Warning

(Stop the tractor and investigate the cause)
1. Intercooler charge air 5. Transmission oil
temperature too high temperature too high -
accompanied by Red
warning light
2. Engine coolant 6. Alternator not charging
temperature too high - - accompanied by Red
accompanied by Red warning light and non
warning light and critical critical alarm
alarm
3. Engine oil pressure too 7. Air brake pressure too
low - accompanied by Red low - accompanied by air
warning light and critical pressure bargraph and Red
alarm warning light
4. Transmission/steering 8. Hydraulic pump
oil pressure too low - charge pressure too low
accompanied by Red - accompanied by Red
warning light and critical warning light
alarm
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 24
Dot Matrix Symbols - Advisory

(Carry out appropriate action where necessary)
1. Cycle clutch pedal - 6. Release hand brake
accompanied by action - accompanied by action
required alarm required alarm
2. Place shuttle lever in 7. Limit value for wheel slip
neutral - accompanied by exceeded - accompanied
action required alarm by Amber warning light and
non-critical alarm
3. LCD /DMD backlighting 8. Electro-hydraulic
level control unit not functioning,
insufficient volumetric flow
of oil available (potentially
also R2, R3 or R4 display)
4. Air brake system 9. Rear PTO switched
pressure - see item 7, Dot on, driver not present
Matrix Symbols - Warning - accompanied by Red
warning light and critical
alarm
5. Engine oil pressure - see
item 3, Dot Matrix Symbols
- Warning
Dot Matrix Symbols - Maintenance

1. Engine air filter blocked 5. Fuel level low
- accompanied by Amber
warning light
2. Brake fluid level low 6. Transmission/Hydraulic
- accompanied by Red oil filter (suction filter)
warning light blocked - accompanied by
Amber warning light
3. Engine coolant level low 7. Transmission oil filter
- accompanied by Amber blocked - see ’Hydraulic oil
warning light filter blocked’
4. Water contamination
in fuel - accompanied by
Amber warning light
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 25
Dot Matrix Symbols - System Fault

(Consult your authorised dealer)
1. Engine 8. Electronic remote valves
2. Transmission 9. Front suspension
3. Differential lock 10. Four wheel drive
4. CAN malfunction 11. Instrument panel

electrical fault
5. Electronic draft control 12. Fast steer system
6. Front hitch 13. Front PTO system
7. P.T.O. system 14. Air conditioning
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 26

description
Tractor Ground Speed Display
The lower left-hand LCD provides a permanent display of ground speed (1) in km/h or MPH dependent upon the
country in which the tractor is to be used. If required, the display may be changed to read an alternate ground speed
unit from that set at the factory.
NOTE: If the tractor rear tyre size is changed, the ground speed display may require re-calibrating to suit the radius
of the new tyre.
NOTE: Illustration shows all displays activated.
BRE1450B 1
Changing the Ground Speed Units
Using the CAL/SEL Button

• With the key-start switch in the OFF position, depress and hold in the CAL/SEL button (1) and turn the key-start
switch ON. The km/h or MPH symbols will appear flashing in the display. Release the button.
• Press the CAL/SEL button again to toggle between km/h and MPH. When the required ground speed unit is
displayed turn off the key-start to store the selected speed unit in the memory.
BRE1531B 2
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 27
Using the Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)

• With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key (2) for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
the km/h or MPH screen appears.
• Momentarily depress the Menu/Enter key (2) and, using the Menu Up/Down keys, select the required speed read-
ing. To store the setting and return to the main menu depress the Menu/Enter key again. Depress the Exit/Cancel
key to return to the original display.
BRE1456B 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 28
Calibrating the Ground Speed Display

Should you wish to install alternative rear tyre equipment that would provide a radius difference of more than 13 mm
(0.5 in), then the electronic control module should be re-calibrated to display an accurate ground speed figure. To
re-calibrate use one of the following methods:
• Ensure that the tyre pressures are correct for the load being carried. (See Tyre Load/Inflation tables in Operators
manual).
• Select a stretch of dry, firm, level ground (preferably concrete) and carefully measure out a distance of exactly 100
m (328 ft). Mark the start and finish of this measured distance with a bold chalk line.
NOTICE: If your tractor is equipped with the optional slip control feature, then the ground speed displayed is a true
speed as sensed by a radar unit, calibration is therefore not required.
Auto Calibration with CAL/SEL Button

• Park the tractor a short distance from the start line and, with the engine running, depress and hold the CAL/SEL
button for 3 seconds to enter the calibration mode. SETUP_MENU will appear in the Dot Matrix Display. After
approximately two seconds the display will change to CAL. Using the clock Min/Hour buttons select CAL auto.
Depress the CAL/SEL button to confirm selection of CAL auto, the central LCD display will read 0000.
NOTE: The set up procedure may be cancelled at any time by depressing the LCD dimmer control button or by
turning the key-start off.
BRE1586A 4
• Select a suitable transmission ratio to provide a speed above 3 km/h (1.9 mph) and drive up to the start line.
Depress the CAL/SEL button to select CAL auto ready. As the centre of the front tyres passes over the start line,
press and release the CAL/SEL button. The speed display will flash CAL auto ON and the central LCD will show
a four digit figure that will increase as the tractor moves forward.
• As the centre of the front tyres passes over the finish line, press and release the CAL/SEL button again, CAL
auto OK will appear in the Dot Matrix Display. Depress the CAL/SEL button again to exit setup and return to the
main menu.
BRE1584A 5
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 29
Manual Calibration with CAL/SEL Button

The manual calibration allows the operator to set the rolling circumference of the rear tyre (if known) without the
need to drive over a measured distance.
• With the tractor stationary and the key-start on, depress and hold the CAL/SEL button for 3 seconds to enter the
calibration mode. CAL man will appear in the Dot Matrix Display. After approximately two seconds the display
will change to CAL. Depress the CAL/SEL button again to select CAL man_100.0.
NOTE: The set up procedure may be cancelled at any time by depressing the LCD dimmer control button or by
turning the key-start off.
NOTICE: When entering new tyre rolling circumference figures, use metric values (centimetres) with km/h
speedometer reading and Imperial values (inches) with MPH reading, see table 1.
• By depressing the ’h’ and ’m’ clock buttons, the rolling circumference of the rear tyre may be entered into the
numerical display (100.0).
• Depress the ’h’ button to select the first digit to be changed, repeated operation of the ’h’ button will cycle the
cursor through all the digits in turn. To alter the value of the digit selected, momentarily depress the ’m’ button
until the correct figure is shown.
• With the new rolling circumference figure entered into the display, depress the CAL/SEL button again to save the
setting and return to the main menu.
BRE1582A 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 30
Auto Calibration with Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)

• With the tractor stationary and the engine running, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key (2) for 3 seconds. The
DMD will read SETUP_MENU, this will change to CAL after 2 seconds. Depress the Enter key and CAL man will
be appear. Using the Menu Up key (1), scroll through the menu until CAL auto is displayed.
BRE1456B 7
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again and CAL auto ready will appear in the DMD. Select a suitable transmission
ratio to provide a forward speed above 3 km/h (1.9 mph). As the centre of the front tyres passes over the start
line, press and release the Menu/Enter key. The speed display will start to flash CAL and the central LCD will show
a four digit figure that will increase as the tractor moves forward. The display will change to read CAL auto ON.
• As the centre of the front tyres passes over the finish line, press and release the Menu/Enter key. CAL auto OK
will appear in the Dot Matrix Display. Depress the Menu/Enter key to store the setting.
BRE1588A 8
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 31
Manual Calibration with Enhanced Keypad (where fitted)

• With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter button (2) for 3 seconds. The DMD will
read SETUP_MENU, this will change to CAL after 2 seconds. Depress the Enter key and CAL man will appear.
(It may be necessary to use the Menu Up/Down buttons to scroll through the menu until CAL man is displayed).
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to change the DMD display to CAL_Man_100.0. Using the Digit Select key
choose the first digit to be set, the digit will commence to flash. Enter the first number using the Digit Value key,
repeat the procedure to set the remaining calibration figures that correspond to the size of rear tyre fitted to your
tractor.
NOTICE: When entering new tyre rolling circumference figures, use metric values (centimetres) with km/h
speedometer reading and Imperial values (inches) with MPH reading, see table 1.
• Depress the Menu/Enter key to memorise the setting and return to the main menu screen, depress Exit/Cancel to
exit set up and return to the original display.
BRE1580A 9
Ground Speed Calibration Numbers

The rolling circumference for any given tyre size will vary depending on tyre manufacturer. The figures shown in the
table are an average based on rolling circumference data supplied by several manufacturers. To obtain an accurate
figure for your rear tyres, consult your authorised dealer or tyre supplier.
If the size of tyre on your tractor is not listed, then the road speed calibration may be carried out using one of the
following procedures.
Carry out the Auto calibration as previously described or measure the rear tyre rolling circumference.
1. To measure the rolling circumference of the rear tyre, park the tractor on a level surface and make a vertical chalk
mark on the sidewall where the tyre tread contacts the ground. Make a second chalk mark on the ground aligning
with the mark on the tyre.
2. Slowly drive the tractor forward until the rear wheel has made one revolution and the chalk mark on the sidewall is
again in contact with the ground. Mark the ground again and measure the distance between the two chalk marks.
NOTICE: If your tractor is equipped with the optional slip control feature, then the ground speed displayed is a true
speed as sensed by a radar unit, calibration is therefore not required.
WARNING
The radar ground speed sensor emits a low intensity microwave signal which will not cause any ill effects
in normal use. Although the signal intensity is low, do not look directly into the face of the sensor while in
operation so as to avoid eye damage.
B035
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 32
Rear Tyre Rolling Circumferences

Tyre Size Tyre Rolling Circumference
Centimetres Inches
18.4R - 30 461.2 181.6
12.4 - 32 406.9 160.2
16.9R - 34 473.1 186.3
18.4R - 34 494.7 194.8
13.6R - 38 465.6 183.3
16.9R - 38 503.4 198.2
18.4R - 38 525.6 206.9
20.8R - 38 549.3 216.3
18.4R - 42 552.7 217.6
14.9R - 46 554.2 218.2
320/90R - 50 561.5 221.1
480/70R - 34 474.5 186.8
520/70R - 34 490.6 193.1
480/70R - 38 506.5 199.4
540/65R - 38 501.5 197.4
520/70R - 38 525.6 206.9
600/65R - 38 523.7 206.2
650/60R - 38 510.8 201.1
650/65R - 38 544.5 214.4
580/70R - 38 549.7 216.4
Table 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 33

description Performance Monitor Functions with Enhanced Keypad
(where fitted)
BRE1455B_588 1
The enhanced keypad consists of 16 buttons or ’keys’

that select, control or programme various functions and
dispalys in the central and dot matrix screens. Keys (5),
(6), (10) and (11) are used to set-up and programme
many of the enhanced keypad functions.
Unless otherwise described, depress the keys once to
obtain the appropriate display. A symbol will appear in
the display to confirm the function selected.
Legend:
(C) = Centre Digital Display
(D) = Dot Matrix Display
1. Hourmeter (D). 2. Odometer (D).

Touch the key to view total number of hours that the The odometer provides a visual record of the
tractor has operated. The hours recorded should distance travelled in kilometres or miles depending
be used as a guide to the service intervals for the on the ground speed unit selected. Two displays
tractor. are available, ’1’ and ’2’.
3. Engine Oil Pressure (D). 4. Programmed Maintenance Reminder (D).
This key will display the engine oil pressure The maintenance schedule key provides two levels
bargraph. of reminder identified as ’Heavy’ and Light.
5. Menu Enter (D). 6. Menu Scroll Up or Digit Value (D).
Depress to select set-up and programming modes. Depress this key repeatedly to scroll upwards
through the menu or change the value of a number.
7. P.T.O. Speed (C). 8. Rear Wheel Slip (C).
Depress once to display rear Power Take Off The level of rear wheel slip will appear as a one or
speed, press twice to show front P.T.O. speed two digit percentage (%) figure (with radar option
(where fitted). only).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 34
9. Linkage Height Position (C). 10. Exit/Cancel (D).

Depress once to display the rear linkage height, Use this key to Exit or cancel set-up and
press twice to show front linkage height (where programming modes.
fitted). The display will show a figure between ’0’
(fully lowered) and ’100’ (maximum raised position).
11. Menu Scroll Down or Digit Select (D). 12. Battery Voltage (D).
Depress this key to scroll downwards through the With the engine running, touch the key to display
menu or select an alternative digit in the Dot Matrix the battery symbol together with a digital display of
Display. the battery voltage.
13. Trailer Brake Air Pressure (D). 14. Area Accumulator (D).
Depress to display the trailer brake air pressure The total area worked will be displayed in hectares
bargraph. or acres depending on the ground speed unit
selected.
15. Area Per Hour Forecaster (D). Touch this key and 16. Remote Valve Operation (D).
the area/hour symbol will display together with a The display will show the flow rate through each
forecast of the area that will be worked in one hour valve as a percentage (%), the direction of cylinder
if the current rate of work is continued. movement (extend or retract) and the number
of the valve selected. (See Electronic Remote
NOTE : If the radar option is not installed, area per Control Valves in PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER
hour calculations are based on axle speed and are SYSTEM Electro-hydraulic remote valve - Static
subject to inaccuracies caused by any wheel slip description (A.10.C)).
that may occur.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 35
Odometer (Distance Record)

The odometer provides a visual record of the distance travelled in kilometres or miles depending on the ground speed
unit selected.
Two displays are available, ’1’ and ’2’. ’1’ may be used for individual journey distances and ’2’ to provide a total for all
journeys travelled. Both ’1’ and ’2’ may be reset to zero.
Touch the key once to select reading ’1’, touch again to select reading ’2’. Keeping the key depressed for more than
3 seconds will re-set the selected odometer to zero.
The journey distance in the display (3) will appear in steps of:
0 Km/Miles to 199.99 Km/Miles 0.01 Km/Miles

200 Km/Miles to 1999.99 Km/Miles 0.1 Km/Miles
2000 Km/Miles to 19999 Km/Miles 1.0 Km/Miles
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, distance calculations are based on axle rotation and are subject to inaccu-
racies caused by any wheel slip that may occur.
SS09J029 2
Area per Hour Forecaster

Touch the AREA/HOUR key (15) (see figure 1). The ‘AREA/HOUR’ symbol will display, together with a forecast (2)
of the area that will be worked in one hour if the current rate of work is continued. If the area accumulator is switched
OFF, ‘0’ will be displayed whenever the implement is raised.
The area per hour will appear in steps of 0.01 Ha/Acre.
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, area per hour calculations are based on axle speed and are subject to
inaccuracies caused by any wheel slip that may occur.
SS09J030 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 36
Area Accumulator
The accumulated area (total area worked) can be displayed by depressing the AREA key (1). Depending on the unit
set in the tractor speed display (K/mh or MPH) the reading will be in hectares or acres.
Depress the area accumulator key repeatedly to toggle through the three displays in the dot matrix screen:
1. OFF.
The area accumulator is off.
2. ON.
Area accumulator on. Area will be accumulated as the tractor moves irrespective of the position of the implement.
3. A.
Area accumulation will start recording when the tractor moves and the implement is lowered. It will stop accumu-
lating when the implement is raised.
The area accumulator symbol (2) will appear in the display along with the area figure.
With trailed equipment, area accumulation may be temporarily interrupted, for example, at the headland, by means
of a switch connected into the implement status socket.
NOTE: Before activating the area accumulator function ensure the correct implement width has been entered into the
TPM memory.
BRE1528B 4
The area measurement in the display (3) will appear in steps of:
0 Ha/acre to 199.99 Ha/acre 0.01 Ha/acre

200 Ha/acre to 1999.9 Ha/acre 0.1 Ha/acre
2000 Ha/acre to 19999 Ha/acre 1.0 Ha/acre
Area accumulation can be reset to zero at any time by selecting OFF and holding down the AREA key (1) Figure 4,
until a ‘beep’ is heard from the audio alarm (approximately 5 seconds).
NOTE: If the radar option is not installed, area per hour calculations are based on axle speed and are subject to
inaccuracies caused by any wheel slip that may occur.
BRE1503B 5
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 37
PROGRAMMING THE DISPLAYS
Programming Keys
Four keys are used to select, change or memorise the various functions related to the performance monitor and
enhanced keypad. All programme information will appear in the Dot Matrix Display (DMD) along with the relevant
symbol for the function selected.
1. Menu Up/Digit Value Key. Use this key to scroll upwards through the function menu or to increase the value of a
selected digit during a calibration procedure. Values will increase by one each time the key is depressed.
2. Exit/Cancel Key. Depress this key to exit the calibration mode. The key may be used at any time during a set-up
procedure to cancel and exit the calibration mode, however, information not saved will be lost.
3. Menu Down/Digit Select Key. In the calibration mode depress this key to scroll downwards through the menu or
to select a digit for re-calibration. Each time the key is depressed the flashing cursor showing the current digit
selected will move one space to the right.
4. Menu Enter Key. Depress this key for 3 seconds to enter the programme mode, SETUP/MENU will appear ini-
tially in the display. After 2 seconds the display will change to read CAL. This will be accompanied by the Menu
Up/Down arrows and the Menu Enter symbol.
When the appropriate function screen has been selected, depress the Menu/Enter key again to access the cali-
bration mode.
WARNING
The radar ground speed sensor emits a low intensity microwave signal which will not cause any ill effects
in normal use. Although the signal intensity is low, do not look directly into the face of the sensor while in
operation so as to avoid eye damage.
B035
BRE1456D_589 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 38
Setting EHR Priority Valve

• Depress Menu Enter Key (4), switch on ignition and hold.
Initially SETUP/MENU will display, this will then change to display CAL.
• Press once (16) (see figure 1) and the LCD display will show "PEhr" then change to "Ehr_".
• Press (16) once and the display will change to "Ehr1".
• Subsequent press of (16) will take you as far as "Ehr4".
• To select priority valve, press (2) when required valve is displayed.
This will then set selection and exit display.
BRE1456D_589 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 39
Setting the Implement Width

• In order that the micro-processor may calculate the work done, the working width of the implement in use must be
entered into the memory. To enter a working width of 4.5 m (14.76 ft) carry out the following procedure.
With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
SETUP_MENU, this will change to CAL after 2 seconds. Using the Menu Up/Down keys, scroll through the menu
until the implement width symbol is displayed.
BRE1517B 8
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to select the set-up screen, a flashing cursor will appear at the first number to
be set. Using the Digit Value key enter ’0’ then move the cursor one space to the right with the Digit Select key
and enter ’4’. Move the cursor to the right of the decimal point and enter ’5’. The reading displayed should now
be 4.5 m (14.76 ft).
• Touch the Menu/Enter key to store the setting and return to the main menu.
BRE1519B 9
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 40
Calibrating for Wheel Slip

Before setting the slip alarm point, a zero wheel slip factor has to be determined. This calibration must be carried out
on a hard level surface where wheel slip is unlikely to occur.
• With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
until the wheel slip symbol is displayed.
• Drive the tractor at a constant speed above 5 km/h (3.1 mph). When a steady speed has been reached, depress
the Menu Enter key, CAL ON will appear in the display. After a short distance touch the Menu Enter key again,
the display will change to CAL OK.
BRE1592A 10
Setting the Slip Alarm Point

The slip alarm point may be set as a one or two digit figure that, if exceeded, will cause an audible alarm to sound.
To set a wheel slip limit of 15 % carry out the following procedure.
until the wheel slip symbol (1) is displayed.
NOTE: If the optional radar unit is not installed, the slip alarm function will be omitted from the display.
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to select the set-up screen, a flashing cursor will appear at the first number to
be set. Using the Digit Value key enter ’1’, move the cursor to the right with the Digit Select key and, with the Digit
Value key, enter ’5’. The slip alarm point is now set at 15 %.
• Touch the Menu/Enter key to memorise the setting and return to the main menu.
If wheel slip exceeds the pre-set limit, the slip symbol will appear in the DMD and the amber warning light will
illuminate on the instrument console.
BRE1515B 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 41
Audible Beep - ON/OFF

Each time one of the keys is pressed, an audible ’beep’ sound will be heard. The beep can be switched off if required.
until BEEP ON/OFF is displayed.
• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to select the set-up screen. Using the Menu Up/Down keys, align the arrow
(1) with ON or OFF as required.
BRE1519B_590 12
Programming the Service Reminder

The service reminder function allows the operator to programme two service interval reminders using the Enhanced
Keypad. The following procedure is the same for LIGHT and HEAVY service intervals.
With the key-start in the ON position, depress and hold the Menu/Enter key for 3 seconds. The DMD will read
until the service reminder symbol (1) appears in the display.
BRE1511B 13
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 42
Setting a 300 Hour Reminder (LIGHT)

• Depress the Menu/Enter key again to select the ’Light’ set-up screen, a flashing cursor (1) will appear at the first
number to be set. Using the Digit Value key enter ’3’, move the cursor one space to the right with the Digit Select
key and, with the Digit Value key, enter ’0’ repeat for the third digit and enter the value ’0’. The display will now
read LIGHT/300.
• Touch the Menu/Enter key to memorise the setting and return to the main menu.
The service reminder is now set for 300 hours. When the 300 hour service becomes due, an audible alarm will
sound to advise the operator.
BRE1509B 14
Setting a 600 Hour Reminder (HEAVY)

Select HEAVY on the main menu and repeat the procedure used for setting the LIGHT service reminder.
BRE1513A 15
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 43
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic description Performance Monitor Functions with
Enhanced Keypad (where fitted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic description Senders, Sensors and Switches . . . 3
Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.32.A / 44
FRAME AND CAB - E
USER PLATFORM - 34.A
T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
TECHNICAL DATA
USER PLATFORM
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
SERVICE
USER PLATFORM
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 2
FRAME AND CAB - USER PLATFORM
USER PLATFORM - Torque

TRACTORS WITH CAB SUSPENSION
BVE0202A 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 3
TRACTORS WITH STANDARD CAB
BVE0203A 2
USER PLATFORM - Special tools

Tool No. Description Alternative
previous No.
380001157 Cab lifting bracket -
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 4
USER PLATFORM - Remove
DANGER
B012
1. Ensure that the tractor is parked on a level surface.

Chock the front wheels using suitable wheel stops.
2. Disconnect the battery cable - see Battery - Discon-
nect (A.30.A).
3. Raise the rear of the tractor and place two suitable
axle stands (1) under the final drive cases. If re-
quired, detach the lift rods from the lower links.
BTB0281A 1
4. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the rear right

wheel to a hoist and remove the rear right hand
wheel. Repeat this step for the rear left hand wheel.
BTB0282A 2
5. Disconnect the cab electrical connectors.
BVE0208A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 5
6. Disconnect the brake fluid supply lines (1) and the

steering oil supply and oil return hoses (2).
NOTE: Note the position of the brake lines.
BVE0209A 4
7. Remove the brake and steering pipe retaining

bracket.
BVE0210A 5
8. Install a clamp to the coolant hose and disconnect

the coolant hose (1) connecting the cab heater to the
radiator.
BVE0253A 6
9. Loosen the retaining nut (1), remove the retaining

clip (2) and detach the ground speed power take-off
(PTO) select cable.
BVE0211A 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 6
10. Detach the cab to chassis earth strap (1).
BVE0212A 8
11. Remove the retaining bolt (1), retaining clip (2) and
the cotter pin (3). Detach the PTO speed select ca-
ble.
NOTE: PTO speed must be set to 1000 RPM to allow the
pin to be removed.
BVE0213A 9
12. Loosen the retaining nut (1), remove the R-clip (2),
and the cotter pin (3). Detach the pick-up hitch re-
lease cable.
BTB0268A 10
13. Remove the remote control valve cable clamp nut

(1), locknut (2) and release the cable from the adjust-
ing nut. Detach the remote control valve cable. Re-
peat this step for the remaining remote control valve
cables.
NOTE: Ensure the remote control valve lever in the cab is
in the neutral position to aid removal.
BVE0214A 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 7
14. Remove the transmission vent tube clamp bolt (1)

and disconnect the fuel tank vent tube (2).
BVE0215A 12
15. Remove the split pin (1) and the cotter pin (2) from
the parking brake lever. Remove the retaining clip
(3) and detach the parking brake cable.
BVE0216A 13
16. Disconnect the cab coolant heater hose (1).

Disconnect the air conditioning hoses (2) and (3).
BVE0217A_55 14
17. Disconnect the steering cylinder oil supply hoses (1)

and (2).
BVE0218A_56 15
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 8
18. Disconnect the brake fluid lines (1), (2) and (3) from
the brake fluid reservoir.
BVE0219A_57 16
19. Remove the R-clip (1) and detach the creeper gear
cable.
NOTE: Note the position of the steering cylinder oil supply
hoses.
BVE0221A 17
Tractors with Mechanical Fuel Injection Pump

20. Loosen the retaining nut (1) and detach the throttle
cable from the fuel injection pump (2).
BVE0222A_58 18
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 9
Tractors with Mechanical Draft Control

21. Remove the draft cable and the position cable retain-
ing nuts (1). Loosen the nuts securing the cables to
the retaining bracket (2) and detach the draft cable
and the position cable.
BVE0223A 19
22. Remove the retaining clip (1) and detach the Lift-O-
Matic cable.
BVE0252A 20
Tractors with 16 x 16 Transmission

23. Remove the retaining bolt (1), retaining clip (2), and
the cotter pin (3). Detach the Hi / Lo range selector
cable.
BVE0220A 21
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 10
All except Tractors with 16 x 16 Transmission

24. Remove the cable retaining bolts (1), retaining
bracket (2) and detach the gear selector cables.
BVE0224A 22
25. Remove the cable retaining bolts (1), retaining

bracket (2) and detach the range selector cables.
BVE0225A 23

26. Disconnect the clutch slave cylinder hose (1).
BVE0226A 24
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 11
27. Slide the operator seat fully rearward.

Remove the rubber mat from the cab floor.
Remove the cab floor panel from the cab.
BVE0227A 25
28. Remove the cable bracket retaining bolts (1), retain-

ing clip (2), and the cotter pin (3). Detach the shuttle
lever selector cable.
Remove the retaining bolts (4) and detach the inter-
lock cable.
BVE0228A 26
All Tractors
29. Remove the cab roof panel (1).
Install the cab lifting bracket 380001157.
Using a suitable chain, attach the cab to a hoist.
BRE1573B 27
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 12
Tractors with Cab Suspension

30. Remove the circlip (1), cab strap retaining pin (3).
Remove the damper/spring assembly upper retain-
ing nut (2).
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the damper/spring
assembly upper bolt until the cab is being raised.
BVE0229A 28
31. Remove the retaining nut (1) and the bolt from the
panhard rod.
Remove the damper/spring assembly upper retain-
ing nut (2).
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the damper/spring
assembly upper bolt (2) until the cab is being raised.
BVE0230A 29
32. Remove the left hand side front cab mounting nut (1).
Repeat this step for the right hand side of the cab.
Raise the cab and remove the cab front mounting
bolts and the damper/spring assembly bolts.
Raise the cab slowly.
Remove the cab and place on a secure stand.
NOTE: It may not be possible to remove the cab mounting
bolts until the cab is being raised.
NOTE: Make sure that all cables and hydraulic hoses are
free from obstruction.
BVE0231A 30
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 13
Tractors with Standard Cab

33. Remove the left hand side cab rear mounting nut (1)
while holding the bolt in the cab frame. Repeat this
step for the right hand side of the cab.
BVE0232A 31
34. Loosen the cab front mounting bolt while holding the
nut (1) under the cab floor. Remove the bolt and
washers. Repeat this step for the left hand side of
the cab.
Raise the cab slowly.
Remove the cab and place on a secure stand.
BVE0233A_59 32
Next operation:
USER PLATFORM - Install (E.34.A)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 14
USER PLATFORM - Install

Prior operation:
USER PLATFORM - Remove (E.34.A)
DANGER
B012
WARNING
Always use suitable tools to align holes. DO NOT USE HAND OR FINGERS.
B020
1. Install the 380001157 cab lifting bracket.

Using a suitable chain, attach the cab to a hoist.
Tractors with Standard Cab

2. Position the cab to the tractor and lower the cab
slowly.
Install the cab front mounting bolt, washers and nut.
Tighten to the specified torque value. Repeat this
step for the left hand side of the cab.
BVE0233B_60 1
3. Install the left hand side cab rear mounting nut while
holding the bolt in the cab frame. Tighten to the spec-
ified torque value. Repeat this step for the right hand
side of the cab.
BVE0232B 2
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 15
Tractors with Cab Suspension

4. Position the cab to the tractor and lower the cab
slowly.
Install the left hand side front cab mounting bolt and
nut. Tighten to the specified torque. Repeat this step
for the right hand side of the cab.
BVE0231B 3
5. Install the left hand side damper/spring assembly up-

per retaining bolt and nut. Tighten to the specified
torque value.
Install the panhard rod retaining bolt and nut. Tighten
to the specified torque value.
BVE0230B 4
6. Install the right hand side damper/spring assembly

upper retaining bolt and nut. Tighten to the specified
torque value.
Install the cab strap, cab strap retaining pin (1) and
the circlip (2).
BVE0229B 5
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 16
7. Install the cab roof panel (1).
BRE1573B 6

8. Attach the interlock cable and install the retaining
bolts (4).
Attach the shuttle lever selector cable. Install the
cotter pin (3), retaining clip (2) and the cable bracket
retaining bolts (1).
BVE0228A 7
9. Install the cab floor panel to the cab.

Install the cab floor rubber mat.
BVE0227A 8
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 17
10. Connect the clutch slave cylinder hose (1).
BVE0226A 9
All except Tractors with 16 x 16 Transmission

11. Attach the range selector cables. Install the retaining
bracket (2) and the retaining bolts (1).
BVE0225A 10
12. Attach the gear selector cables. Install the retaining

bracket (2) and the retaining bolts (1).
BVE0224A 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 18

13. Attach the Hi / Lo range selector cable. Install the
cotter pin (3), retaining clip (2) and the retaining bolt
(1).
BVE0220A 12
Tractors with Mechanical Draft Control

14. Attach the Lift-O-Matic cable and install the retaining
clip (1).
BVE0252A 13
15. Attach the draft cable and the position cable. Install
the draft cable and the position cable retaining nuts
(1). Tighten the nuts securing the cables to the re-
taining bracket (2).
BVE0223A 14
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 19
Tractors with Mechanical Fuel Injection Pump

16. Attach the throttle cable to the fuel injection pump (2)
and tighten the retaining nut (1).
BVE0222A_58 15
All Tractors
17. Attach the creeper gear cable and install the R-clip
(1) (if fitted).
BVE0221A 16
18. Connect the brake fluid lines (1), (2) and (3) to the
brake fluid reservoir.
BVE0219A_57 17
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 20
19. Connect the steering cylinder oil supply hoses (1)

and (2).
NOTE: Make sure the steering lines are installed in the
same position as they were removed.
BVE0218A_56 18
20. Connect the cab heater hose (1).

Connect the air conditioning hoses (2) and (3).
BVE0217A_55 19
21. Attach the parking brake cable. Install the retaining

clip (3), cotter pin (2) and the split pin (1).
BVE0216A 20
22. Connect the fuel tank vent tube (2) and install the
transmission vent tube clamp bolt (1).
BVE0215A 21
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 21
23. Attach the remote control valve cable and install

the cable clamp nut (1). Loosely install the locknut
(2) and adjust the remote control valve cable - see
Remote control valve - Travel adjust (A.10.B).
Repeat this step for the remaining remote control
valves.
NOTE: Ensure the remote valve lever in the cab is in the
neutral position to aid installation.
BVE0214A 22
24. Attach the pick up hitch release cable. Install the

cotter pin (3), R-clip (2) and tighten the retaining nut
(1).
BTB0268A 23
25. Attach the PTO speed selector cable. Install the cot-
ter pin (3), retaining clip (2) and the retaining bolt (1).
NOTE: PTO speed must be set to 1000 RPM to allow the
pin to be installed.
bve0213a 24
26. Attach the cab to chassis earth strap (1).
BVE0212A 25
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 22
27. Attach the ground speed PTO cable. Install the clip
(2) and tighten the retaining nut (1).
BVE0211A 26
28. Connect the coolant hose (1) connecting the cab

heater to the radiator. Remove the clamp from
coolant hose.
BVE0253A 27
29. Install the brake and steering pipe retaining bracket.
BVE0210A 28
30. Connect the brake fluid supply lines (1) and the steer-
ing oil supply and oil return hoses (2).
NOTE: Make sure the brake lines are installed in the same
position as they were removed.
BVE0209A 29
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 23
31. Connect the cab electrical connectors.
BVE0208A 30
32. Using a suitable sling (1), connect the right hand rear
wheel to a hoist and install the right hand rear wheel.
Repeat this step for the left hand rear wheel.
BTB0282A 31
33. Raise the rear of the tractor and remove the axle
stands (1). If required, attach the lift rods to the lower
links.
For the tighten torque - see Rear wheel - Torque
(D.50.C).
BTB0281A 32
34. Connect the battery cable - see Battery - Connect

(A.30.A).
35. Remove the chocks from the front wheels.
36. Refill the cooling system - see ENGINE COOLANT
SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A).
37. Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil
REAR AXLE - General specification (D.12.A).
38. Bleed the brake system - see SERVICE BRAKE Hy-
draulic - Bleed (D.30.C).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 24
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E

USER PLATFORM - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
USER PLATFORM - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
USER PLATFORM - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
USER PLATFORM - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 25
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.34.A / 26
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- 40.D
T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 1
Contents
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D
TECHNICAL DATA
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T6030 Standard Climate Control, T6050 Standard Climate Control, T6070 Standard Climate Control, T6010 Standard
Climate Control, T6020 Standard Climate Control, T6060 Standard Climate Control, T6040 Standard Climate Control
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
T6030 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6050 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6070 Auto Temperature Control
(ATC), T6010 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6020 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6060 Auto Temperature
Control (ATC), T6040 Auto Temperature Control (ATC)
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Compressor
Magnetic clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Electrical control
Temperature control potentiometer - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Sensing system
Temperature sensor - Overview (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 2
Low pressure switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Overview (High pressure-low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
SERVICE
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Evacuate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Remove (Heating and air conditioning unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Install (Heating and air conditioning unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Command
Switch - Replace (Blower speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Switch - Replace (Modes of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Heater valve
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Air filter
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Compressor
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Magnetic clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Magnetic clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Shaft seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Cylinder head - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Cylinder head - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Condenser
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Evaporator
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Expansion valve
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Heater
Water valve actuator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Receiver/drier
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Cooler
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 3
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Ventilation system
Motor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage divider) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Electrical control
Temperature control potentiometer - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Electronic HVAC control

Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Sensing system
Low pressure switch - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Replace (High pressure-low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

DIAGNOSTIC
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 4
FRAME AND CAB - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning

- Torque
Cylinder head screws of the air conditioning compressor 24.5-26.5 Nm ( 18-19.5 lbf.ft)
Retaining screw of the compressor clutch front plate 11.0-14.0 Nm ( 8-10 lbf.ft)
Retaining screws of the air conditioning compressor 20.5-25.5 Nm ( 15-19 lbf.ft)

- Special tools
Certified Refrigerant Recover, Recycling and Recharge Equipment suitable for the type of refrigerant gas used on
tractor are required when servicing air conditioning systems.
This special equipment is available through recognised suppliers of air conditioning equipment. Refer to the Tool
supplier for details on the latest equipment available for servicing the air conditioning system.
Vacuum/charge Portable system New Holland Tool No.294030

Recovery/recharge Portable system 294161
Evaporator and condenser cleaner 293831
Electronic Gas Leak Detector 294036
Manifold Gauge Set (Where required) 292744
COMPRESSOR TOOLS: Sanden SDH715 Kit 297422

- General specification
Refrigerant specifications New Holland specification 82000810 (R134a)
Refrigerant filling with 2 valve engine 100 Hp, 110 Hp and 115 Hp 1.1 kg (2.43 lb)
with 2 valve engine 125 Hp and 140 Hp 0.85 kg (1.87 lb)
with 4 valve engine 0.85 kg (1.87 lb)
Refrigerator oil specifications New Holland specification 82008750 (ISO 46 viscosity) Sanden SP10
Refrigerant oil filling quantity (air 186 - 228 cm³
conditioner and system)
Air conditioner compressor Sanden SD7H15
Manufacturer and type
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 5

- Overview
T6030 Standard Climate Control, T6050 Standard Climate Control, T6070 Standard Climate Control, T6010 Standard Climate Control, T6020 Standard
Climate Control, T6060 Standard Climate Control, T6040 Standard Climate Control
SS09A059 1
1. Compressor 2. High pressure - low pressure switch

3. Condenser 4. Drier
5. Heating valve 6. Evaporator temperature sensor
7. Low pressure switch 8. Voltage divider
9. Blower motor 10. Blower speed switch
11. Heating regulator 12. Air conditioner "ON / OFF" switch
13. Air conditioner connecting lines
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 6

- Overview
T6030 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6050 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6070 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6010 Auto Temperature Control
(ATC), T6020 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6060 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6040 Auto Temperature Control (ATC)
SS09A062 1
1. Compressor 2. High pressure-low pressure switch

3. Condenser 4. Drier
5. Heating and air conditioning unit - see image 2 6. Blower box - see image 3
7. Blower speed switch 8. Temperature control potentiometer
9. Operating mode switch 10. Air conditioner connecting lines
11. Control unit (ATC)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 7
SS08E001 2
Heating and air conditioning unit

12. Evaporator 13. Heating cooler
14. Outlet temperature sensor 15. Evaporator temperature sensor
16. Low pressure switch 17. Heating valve (ATC)
SS08E002 3
Blower box
18. Blower motor 19. Voltage regulator
20. Outside temperature sensor 21. Cab temperature sensor
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 8

- Dynamic description
The following examples show typical low and high pressure gauge readings obtained when performance testing the
air conditioning system with an ambient temperature of 35 °C ( 95 °F).
The recommended corrective action is based on a similar fault as identified in the performance test diagnosis charts.
PERFORMANCE TEST EXAMPLE 1
60-50-019 1
Performance Test Example 1
1 High Side Low 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed

3 High Side Hose Connected to High Side Service 4 Not Used
Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected to Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
Little or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Refrigerant slightly low.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure too low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 194 - 215 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air not cold.
CORRECTIVE PROCEDURES
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 9
1. Leak test the system.

2. Repair leaks. (Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system; replace lines or components).
3. Check compressor oil to ensure no loss.
4. Evacuate the system.
5. Charge the system.
6. Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is low. May be caused by a small leak
NOTE: Test procedure based upon ambient temperature of 35 °C ( 95 °F). For proper high side gauge reading for other
ambient temperatures, refer to the pressure temperature chart ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Service instruction (E.40.D).
60-50-020 2

Connector
5 Low Side Hose Connected t Low Side Service 6 Low Side Hand Valve Closed
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
Insufficient cooling.
CAUSE:
Refrigerant excessively low.
CONDITIONS*
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 10
Low side pressure very low.

Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2)
High side pressure too low.
Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air warm.
Low pressure switch cutting out
1. Leak test the system.

2. Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
3. Repair leaks.
DIAGNOSIS: System refrigerant is extremely low. A serious leak is indicated.

60-50-021 3
1 High Side Normal 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed

Connector
Connector
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 11
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Air in system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure reading does not change when compressor cycles “on" and “off".
High side pressure slightly high or slightly low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
1. Leak test the system. Give special attention to the compressor seal area.
3. Repair leaks.
4. Replace the receiver/dryer.
DIAGNOSIS: Air or moisture in system. System not fully charged.

84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 12
60-50-022 4

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side High
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Compressor malfunction.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
1. Replace the compressor.
DIAGNOSIS: Internal leak in compressor caused by worn or scored pistons, rings, or cylinders .
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 13
60-50-023 5
1 High Side High 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side High
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling. Engine overheats in some cases.
CAUSE:
Condenser not functioning properly.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2 ).
High side pressure too high. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
Liquid line hot.
High pressure switch cutting out.
1. Check belt. Loose or worn drive belts could cause excessive pressures in the compressor head.
2. Look for clogged passages between the condenser fins and coil, or other obstructions that could reduce condenser
airflow.
3. If engine is overheating replace engine thermostat and radiator pressure cap.
At this point, operate the system and check its performance. If still unsatisfactory, proceed as follows:-

2. Remove the condenser and clean and flush it to ensure a free flow of refrigerant. Or, if the condenser appears to
be unduly dirty or plugged, replace it.
4. Evacuate the system, and recharge it with the correct quantity of refrigerant.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 14
DIAGNOSIS: Lack of cooling caused by pressure that is too high on the high side, resulting from improper operation
of condenser. (Refrigerant charge may be normal or excessive).
60-50-024 6

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side Normal
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Large amount of air in system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air not cool.

84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 15

DIAGNOSIS: Air in system. This, and the moisture in the air, is contaminating the refrigerant, causing the system to
operate improperly.
60-50-025 7
1 High Side High 2 High Side Hand Valve Closed

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side Hide
PROBLEM:
Insufficient or no cooling.
CAUSE:
Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck open)
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too high. gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 16
Evaporator and suction hose (to compressor) surfaces show considerable moisture.
1. Check for sticking expansion valve as follows:-

Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the test indicates that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge and recover the refrigerant from the system.
Replace the expansion valve.
Evacuate the system.
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Thermostatic expansion valve is allowing too much refrigerant to flow through the evaporator coils.
Valve may be stuck open.
60-50-026 8

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side Low
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 17
PROBLEM: Insufficient cooling.

CAUSE: Improper operation of thermostatic expansion valve (stuck closed).
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low (zero or vacuum). Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
High side pressure low. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
Evaporator air cool, but not sufficiently cold.
Evaporator inlet pipe surface shows considerable moisture or frost.
Low pressure switch cutting out.
1. Place finger on expansion valve to evaporator tube. If too cold to touch, proceed as follows:
Operate the system at maximum cooling.
Check the low side gauge. The pressure should drop slowly.
2. If the procedure outlined in Step 1 shows that the expansion valve is defective, proceed as follows:
Discharge system
Replace expansion valve
Charge the system.
Performance test the system.
DIAGNOSIS: Expansion valve is not permitting a sufficient flow of refrigerant. May be caused by valve stuck in re-
stricted or closed position.
60-50-027 9

Connector
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 18
Connector
7 Low Side Low
PROBLEM:
CAUSE:
Restriction in high side of system.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure too low. Gauge should read 1 - 2 bar ( 15 - 30 lbf/in2).
NOTE: A normal or high reading of the high side pressure gauge under these conditions indicates the system is
overcharged or the condenser or receiver/dryer is too small.
Evaporator only slightly cool.

Liquid line and receiver/dryer are cool to touch and show frost or considerable moisture.

2. Replace the liquid lines, receiver/dryer, or other obstructed components.
DIAGNOSIS: Restriction in the liquid line and/or receiver/dryer resulting in a “starved" evaporator (compressor moving
refrigerant from the evaporator faster than it can enter).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 19
60-50-028 10

Connector
Connector
7 Low Side Gauge Compressor Cycles on at 34 lbf/in2 (
2.3 bar) Compressor Cycles off at 28 lbf/in2 ( 1.9 bar)
PROBLEM:
Compressor cycles (cuts in and out) too rapidly.
CAUSE:
Thermostatic switch defective.
CONDITIONS*
Low side pressure readings too high during both “on" and “off" compressor cycles and between cycles. Readings
should be:
0.8 - 1.0 bar ( 12 - 15 lbf/in2) - cycle "off"
2.5 - 2.7 bar ( 36 - 39 lbf/in2) - cycle "on"
1.7 - 1.9 bar ( 24 - 27 lbf/in2) - between cycles
High side pressure normal. Gauge should read 16 - 18 bar ( 230 - 260 lbf/in2).
1. Stop the engine and shut off A/C system.

2. Replace thermostatic switch with switch of same type.
3. Make sure the switch’s temperature sensor is installed in the same position and depth (in evaporator core) as
previous.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 20
DIAGNOSIS: Defective thermostatic switch.

84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 21

- Dynamic description
The ATC control unit is a control unit with a control cycle that obtains data from various sources and issues com-
mands to other devices. The control parameter of the system is the inner temperature of the cab. The driver selects
the desired cab temperature with the help of the temperature control potentiometer. The control unit controls the
compressor, the heating valve and the blower speed in order to reach or maintain the desired value.
The control unit receives information from the following switches and sensors:
• The modes of operation switch in the positions "ECON", "OFF" and "MAX DEF" supplies information about the
desired system operating mode: Economy mode, air conditioner switched off or dehumidify/defrost.
• The cab temperature sensor, which is located in the return line of the air circulation filter, sends the current cab
temperature.
• The temperature desired by the driver and that which is set by the temperature control potentiometer is the desired
value.
• The outlet temperature sensor in the heating air conditioning unit sends the current cooling or heating temperature.
• The low pressure switch sends information if abnormal system pressures occur on the low pressure side in the
evaporator.
• The high pressure/low pressure switch sends information if abnormal system pressures occur on the high pressure
side.
• The blower speed switch sends information relevant to the setting selected by the driver. The settings are "OFF"
and "A" (automatic) or speed levels Ι-ΙΙΙ. If the driver has left the "A" position, the blower speed determined by the
controller is overridden by the driver’s selection.
• The temperature control potentiometer sends the desired temperature (°F/°C) to the control unit.
In order to realize the heating/cooling functions the control unit controls the following output devices:
• The compressor clutch via the clutch relay: The control unit determines whether the compressor is switched on or
off in order to attain the desired cooling value in the cab.
• In the case of the heating valve the valve opening is varied in order to attain the desired temperature value in the
cab.
• The blower speed is set via the blower speed switch: The conditioned air is delivered from the heating and air
conditioning unit at a speed which is proportional to the difference between the existing cab temperature and the
desired value.
• The display on the instrument cluster shows information for any error codes that may have occurred.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 22
Control elements
SS08D105 1
Blower speed switch (1) Selecting the blower speed Position "0": Blower switched off
manually overrides the Position "A": Blower speed is automatically controlled
selection made by the by the controller.
control unit. Position "I": Slow blower speed
Position "II": Middle blower speed
Position "III": Fast blower speed
Operating mode switch (2) Determines the operating Position "ECON": Air conditioner is switched off
mode. Position "Middle": Air conditioner is switched on
Position "MAX DEF": Dehumidifier/defroster mode
Temperature control Determines the desired Position "LO": Maximum cooling power temperature
potentiometer (3) value of the cab temperature. range position 18-28. Desired cab temperature in °C/°F.
Position "HI": Maximum heating power
"AUTOMATIC" control mode

The automatic mode is selected by moving the blower speed switch (1) to position "A" automatic and the operating
mode switch (2) to the middle position. Use the temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the desired temperature.
In this mode the system attempts to maintain the desired temperature value selected by the driver (from 16 °C ( 61
°F) to 32 °C ( 90 °F) using the temperature control (ATC) and in order to do this varies the air temperature and the
blower speed.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 23
"MANUAL" control mode

The manual mode can be selected by moving the blower speed switch (1) to the position "I, II or III" and using the
temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the desired temperature. The blower speed is varied to reach the set
value and then remains constant. In this case the system attempts to attain the desired temperature in the cab simply
by changing the air temperature and the blower speed selected by the driver remains unchanged. If you would like
to return to the automatic control mode switch the blower speed switch (1) to position "A" (automatic).
You can set the maximum cooling power by setting the temperature control potentiometer (3) to "LO" (turn all the way
to the left). The air conditioner works at maximum cooling power in this mode.
The blower can be switched on in two ways:

• Turn the blower speed switch (1) to position “A”. In this operating mode the blower is set to maximum speed.
• The blower speed is set manually to position "I, II or III".
You can set the maximum heating power by setting the temperature control potentiometer (3) to "HI" (turn all the way
to the right). The heating system works at maximum power in this mode.
The blower can be switched on in two ways:

• Turn the blower speed switch (1) to position “A”. In this operating mode the blower is set to maximum speed.
• The blower speed is set manually to position "I, II or III".
"ECONOMY" air conditioner mode.

The economy mode can be selected by moving the operating mode switch (2) to the position "ECON" (left position)
and moving the blower speed switch (1) to position "A". Use the temperature control potentiometer (3) to set the
desired temperature. If the outside temperature is low the air conditioner does not have to be running in order to
maintain a constant cab temperature. In this mode the unit attempts to keep the desired value constant by regulating
the heating valve and the blower speed. If the outside air temperature rises above the desired value selected, (cab
temperature) the air conditioner must be switched on in order to attain the desired value.
"MAX DEF" mode.

The purpose of the "MAX DEF" mode is to remove moisture that collects on the windows of the cab in the form of fog
or ice. Use the operating mode switch (2) to select the "MAX DEF" position and move the blower speed switch (1) to
position "A". In this mode the heating system and the air conditioner are running; the blower runs at maximum speed.
The blower speed can also be set manually. If this mode is used to defrost the windows, the temperature control
potentiometer (3) should be turned to the "HI" position. In this position an air outlet temperature is attained which is
as high as possible when the air conditioner is running in order to defrost the windows. If the windows are heavily
fogged with moisture it is not necessary to change the set temperature (desired value) using the temperature control
potentiometer (3). In order to exit the "MAX DEF" mode and enter another operating mode. Move the operating mode
switch (2) to the middle position (air conditioner "ON") or to the "ECON" position (air conditioner "OFF")
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 24
Summary of automatic operation

The operating mode switch (2) is in the middle position, and the blower speed switch (1) is in position "A"
(automatic). No error codes active.
Temperature criteria The control unit only reacts when there is a difference of 1 °C ( 2 °F) between the
desired value and the temperature recorded by the cab sensor. Then the compressor is
switched on and the heating valve is opened. The driver can therefore also adjust the
temperature a degree cooler or warmer than originally selected to ensure a pleasant
environment in the cab.
Blower speed The difference between the cab temperature and the Then the control unit sets
desired value is... the blower speed to...
≤ 1 °C ( 2 °F) 25 %
> 1 °C ( 2 °F) but ≤ 2 °C ( 4 °F) 35 %*
> 2 °C ( 4 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 3 °F) 45 %*
> 3 °C ( 6 °F) but ≤ 4 °C ( 8 °F) 55 %*
> 4 °C ( 8 °F) but ≤ 5 °C ( 10 °F) 65 %*
> 5 °C ( 10 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 12 °F) 75 %*
> 6 °C ( 12 °F) 100 %*
Switching the compressor The compressor clutch is activated or deactivated by the control unit in order to attain
clutch on and off. or maintain the desired temperature value in the cab.
Heating valve The heating valve is opened or closed by the control unit in order to attain or maintain
the desired temperature value in the cab.
Manual regulation of • Blower level remains at the level selected by the driver.
blower speed position "I, II
• The temperature continues to be regulated automatically but the control unit cannot
or III" change the selected blower speed in order to attain the desired temperature value.
• You can restore the fully automatic mode by moving the blower speed switch (1) to
position "A" (automatic).
Maximum cooling is • Blower speed 100 %

selected "LO" The clutch is only deactivated when the frost setting 0 °C ( 32 °F) on the evapora-
•
tor temperature sensor is attained. It is reactivated when the recorded temperature
increases to 3 °C ( 37 °F).
• If the temperature regulator is taken out of the maximum range for "LO", the system
returns to automatic regulation of the compressor and the blower.
Maximum heating is • Blower speed 100 %

selected "HI" The heating valve is completely open.
•
• If the temperature control potentiometer is adjusted from the maximum range for "HI",
the system returns to automatic regulation of the heating valve and the blower speed.
Exception * When the heating function is selected the blower retains the speed level 25 % until
the temperature recorded at the evaporator exceeds 12,8 °C ( 55 °F).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 25
Summary of "MAX DEF" dehumidifier/defroster operation

The operating mode switch (2) is in the position "MAX DEF", and the blower speed switch (1) is in position "A"
(automatic). No error codes active.
Temperature criteria The control unit only reacts when there is a difference of 1 °C ( 2 °F) between the
desired value and the temperature recorded by the cab temperature sensor. Then the
compressor is switched on and the heating valve is opened. The driver can therefore
also adjust the temperature a degree cooler or warmer than originally selected to
ensure a pleasant environment in the cab.
Blower speed The difference between the cab temperature and the Then the control unit sets
desired value is... the blower speed to...
≤ 1 °C ( 2 °F) 25 %
> 1 °C ( 2 °F) but ≤ 2 °C ( 4 °F) 35 %
> 2 °C ( 4 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 3 °F) 45 %
> 3 °C ( 6 °F) but ≤ 4 °C ( 8 °F) 55 %
> 4 °C ( 8 °F) but ≤ 5 °C ( 10 °F) 65 %
> 5 °C ( 10 °F) but ≤ 6 °C ( 12 °F) 75 %
> 6 °C ( 12 °F) 100 %
Switching the compressor ** The compressor is permanently on to eliminate moisture from the cab. The clutch is
clutch on and off. only deactivated when the frost setting 0 °C ( 32 °F) on the evaporator temperature
sensor is attained. It is reactivated when the recorded temperature increases to 3 °C
( 37 °F).
Heating valve The heating valve is opened or closed by the control unit in order to attain or maintain
the desired temperature value in the cab.
Manual regulation of • Blower level remains at the level selected by the driver.
blower speed position "I, II
• The temperature continues to be regulated automatically but the control unit cannot
or III" change the selected blower speed in order to attain the desired temperature value.
• You can restore the standard air conditioning operation mode by shifting the operating
mode switch (2) to the middle position.
Maximum cooling is Using the system in this manner makes little sense as the compressor runs
selected "LO" continuously. The temperature control potentiometer should be in the heating range to
attain good dehumidifying or defrosting performance in the cab.
Maximum heating is • Blower speed 100 %
selected "HI" The heating valve is completely open.
•
• If the temperature control potentiometer is adjusted from the maximum range for "HI",
the system returns to automatic regulation of the heating valve and the blower speed.
Exception ** On very cold days the compressor does switch on until the temperature at the
evaporator temperature sensor exceeds 0 °C ( 32 °F).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 26

- Static description
The function of the air conditioning system is to improve the operator’s comfort by cooling the air temperature inside
the cab and reducing the humidity level.
This temperature control is achieved by absorbing the heat within the cab into a refrigerant and then allowing the heat
absorbed by the refrigerant to be transferred to the outside air.
In order to achieve this heat transfer the following principals of heat generation and transfer are applied within the air
conditioning system.
1. When two bodies of different temperature come together heat is transferred from one to another. On air condi-
tioning systems an evaporator is used to hold the low temperature refrigerant which absorbs the heat from the air
within the cab.
60-50-001 1
2. When a gas is pressurised the temperature of the gas will rise. In air conditioning systems the increase in pressure
is achieved using a compressor.
60-50-002 2
3. When a gas is cooled it will condense into a liquid. In the air conditioning system a condenser is used to cool the
gas and the resulting liquid is stored in a receiver dryer.
60-50-003 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 27
4. When a liquid is atomized through an orifice, the temperature of the resultant vapour will drop. The low temperature
of the atomized liquid will then absorb heat from its surroundings. On air conditioning systems the refrigerant is
atomized using an expansion valve.
60-50-004 4
It can now be seen that the principal components of an air conditioning system are:-
• Refrigerant
• Evaporator
• Compressor
• Condenser
• Receiver/Dryer
• Expansion Valve
Figure 5, uses the examples above to illustrate the air conditioning cycle.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 28
BTB0448 5
Air Conditioning Principal of Operation
1 Expansion Valve - Atomizes Liquid Refrigerant Before 2 Evaporator- Absorbs Heat From Air In Cab
Passing to Evaporator
3 Compressor - Compresses and Raises Temperature 4 Condenser, Evaporator and Dryer - Converts
Of Refrigerant Gas Refrigerant from Gas to a Liquid
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 29
1b0o2004061086 6
Air Conditioning Flow Diagram
Figure 6, shows in schematic form the flow of refrigerant through the five major components of an air conditioning
system. Refer to, Figure 6, for the location of these components on the tractor.
Refrigerant is drawn into the compressor as a cool, low pressure vapor which is compressed and then pumped out
as a hot, high pressure vapor to the condenser.
As the hot, high pressure vapor passes through the condenser core it gives off heat to the cooler outside air, being
drawn past the fins by the engine cooling fan.
By giving off heat to the outside air, the vapor is condensed to a liquid which moves under high pressure to the receiver
dryer where it is stored until released to the evaporator by the temperature sensing expansion valve.
As liquid refrigerant passes through the metered orifice in the expansion valve the refrigerant changes from a high
pressure liquid to a low pressure atomized liquid with a lower temperature.
This low pressure, low temperature, atomized liquid enters the evaporator coils and absorbs heat from the cab warm
air blown across the coils and fins by the cab blower motor. The refrigerant now changes from a cold low pressure
atomized liquid to a warm low pressure vapor and leaves the evaporator outlet, moving to the suction (low pressure)
side of the compressor to repeat the cycle.
As this heat loss is taking place, moisture (humidity) in the cab air will condense on the outside of the evaporator and
drain off as water through the drain hoses attached to the evaporator drain pan, thereby reducing the humidity level
of the cab.
Refrigerant
To achieve the absorption and the release of heat which is, in essence, the function of an air conditioning system,
requires the use of a suitable “refrigerant" - a liquid that has a relatively low temperature boiling point, plus certain
desirable safety and stability features.
The refrigerant used in the air conditioning system is refrigerant R-134a.
NOTE: To help protect the environment, legislation has been introduced in most territories banning the release into
the atmosphere of refrigerants, including R134a. All service procedures contained in this manual can be carried out
without the need to release refrigerant into the atmosphere.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 30
In order to prevent the incorrect type of refrigerant being charged to the system the service valves fitted to the trac-
tor and necessary to connect up refrigerant recovery, evacuation and recycling/recharging equipment will be of two
different sizes as recognised and specified by the air conditioning industry.
WARNING
R-134a refrigerant is not compatible with R-12 refrigerant. Do not attempt to replace R134a refrigerant with
R-12 refrigerant or test the system using gauges or equipment previously used with R12 as damage to the
system will result.
B031
R-134a refrigerant is stable at all operating temperatures and able to absorb great quantities of heat.
The boiling point of R-134a is - 22 °C (- 15 °F) at atmospheric pressure.
If the pressure is increased, R-134a will readily vaporize to absorb heat at temperatures between - 11.7 °C ( 11 °F) at
1.9 bar ( 27.5 lbf/in2) and 0 °C ( 32 °F) at 42 lbf/in2 ( 2.9 bar) in the evaporator.
At higher pressures, R-134a will condense and give off heat at temperatures between 48 °C ( 118 °F) at 12.4 bar (
180 lbf/in2) and 58 °C ( 136 °F) at 15.85 bar ( 230 lbf/in2) in the condenser.
TA6050007 7
Typical Air Conditioning Refrigerant Compressor
1. Electro-magnetic Clutch
2. Clutch Bearing
3. Cam Rotor
4. Wobble Plate
5. Piston
6. Suction Chamber
7. Discharge Chamber
8. Cylinder Head
9. Static Gear
Compressor
The tractor air conditioning unit compressor is mounted on the left hand side of the engine and is belt driven by the
crankshaft pulley.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 31
The compressor separates the low and high pressure sides of the system and is basically a pump which has two
functions:
(1) To raise the refrigerant temperature by compression to a higher degree of temperature than the ambient (outside
air) temperature.
(2) To circulate the required volume of refrigerant through the system.
The refrigerant compressor is a seven cylinder wobble plate unit housed in a die cast aluminium housing.
Drive to the wobble plate is from the pulley, through the electro magnetic clutch to the main driveshaft. Attached to
the driveshaft is a cam rotor which oscillates the wobble plate. The wobble plate is prevented from rotating by a static
gear engaging with teeth formed in the face of the plate. The seven pistons are connected to the wobble plate by
rods located in ball sockets.
Refrigerant is drawn in on the downward stroke of a piston through the reed valves located either end of the cylin-
der assembly. Refrigerant enters the cylinder assembly through a gallery in the outer circumference of the cylinder
assembly.
The upwards stroke of the piston compresses the refrigerant and expels it through another reed valve into an inner
gallery in the cylinder assembly and out into the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is lubricated with a Polyalklene Glycol (PAG) oil. This oil is totally miscible with the refrigerant and is
carried around the refrigerant circuit.
The compressor is activated by an electro-magnetic clutch which functions to engage or disengage the compressor
as required in the operation of the air conditioning system.
The clutch is primarily activated by the:-
• Temperature cycling control switch

• Combined high/low pressure cut-out switch
• Low pressure cut-out switch
Low Pressure Cut-out Switch

The low pressure switch (1) Figure 8 is in the evaporator outlet line and is located under a lid in the evaporator housing
under the rear floor.
The purpose of the switch is to shut off the compressor pump in the event of low pressure in the refrigerant system.
Low refrigerant pressure may occur due to a faulty expansion valve, icing up of the expansion valve orifice or refrig-
erant loss. Low refrigerant pressure may result in damage to the compressor pump.
The low pressure switch is factory set and cannot be adjusted.
BTB0437A_509 8
Combined High/Low Pressure Cut-out Switch

The combined high/low pressure switch, Figure 9 is located in the condenser inlet line from the compressor. The
switch shuts off the compressor pump in the event of a restriction in the high pressure line or excessively low pressure
due to lack of refrigerant in the system.
Loss of refrigerant in the system will result in insufficient cooling and lubrication and continuous operation will cause
damage to the compressor pump.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 32
BAIS06CCM701AVA 9
System Pressure Relief Valve

A relief valve is located at the discharge port on the compressor, Figure 10. This allows the system refrigerant to
be discharged into the engine bay (atmosphere) instead of in the cab, if the system pressure became such that a
hose might fail in the cab and cause injury to the operator. This secondary safety feature will only operate in extreme
conditions, for example, if the high pressure cut out switch were to fail, or in the event of an engine fire.
BAIL07APH374AVA 10
Condenser And Receiver Dryer

The condenser, located at the front of the tractor, Figure 11, consists of a number of turns of continuous coil mounted
in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
The condenser receives the hot, high pressure refrigerant vapour from the compressor. The hot vapour passes
through the condenser coils. Cooling aire air is pulled through the condenser by the engine cooling fan.
BAIL07APH373AVA 11
Heat moves from the hot refrigerant vapour into the cooler outside air flowing across the condenser coils and fins.
When the refrigerant vapour reaches the pressure and temperature that will induce a change of state, a large quantity
of heat is transferred to the outside air and the refrigerant changes to a high pressure warm liquid.
The warm liquid refrigerant continues onto the receiver/drier where it is filtered and desiccated, to remove any mois-
ture, before passing through an outlet line to the thermostatic expansion valve.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 33
BAIL07APH372AVA 12
The receiver/dryer, Figure 12 stores the liquid refrigerant, to be sure that a steady flow to the thermostatic expansion
valve is maintained under widely different operating conditions.
The drier section contains a desiccant (Molecular sieve) to absorb any moisture within the system and a filter prevents
the entry of foreign particles.
NOTE: Any moisture in the air conditioning system is extremely harmful. Moisture not absorbed by the dehydrator
will circulate with the refrigerant and droplets may collect and freeze in the thermostatic expansion valve orifice. This
action will block the refrigerant flow and stop the cooling action. Moisture will also react with refrigerant R-134a and
the lubricant to form a corrosive acid.
The desiccant can only absorb a limited amount of moisture before reaching saturation point. Because of this, after
any system component replacement or repairs requiring entry into the system, the receiver/dryer should be replaced.
Expansion Valve
The expansion valve (1) Figure 13, is located next to the evaporator, in the pressure line leading from the receiver/
dryer and performs the following functions:
BTB0438A 13
1 METERING ACTION - A metered orifice changes the 2 MODULATING ACTION - A thermostatically controlled
liquid refrigerant from a high pressure low temperature valve within the expansion valve body controls the
liquid to a low pressure, lower temperature atomized volume of liquid refrigerant passing through the orifice
liquid. and makes sure the refrigerant is fully vaporized within
the evaporator. Liquid refrigerant would damage the
compressor reed valves or freeze the pistons.
3 CONTROLLING ACTION - The valve responds to
changes in the cooling requirements. When increased
cooling is required, the valve opens to increase the
refrigerant flow and when less cooling is required the
valve closes and decreases the refrigerant flow.
Expansion Valve - Operation

All of the needed temperature sensing and pressure sensing functions are consolidated into this basic unit and no
external tubes are required for these purposes.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 34
The refrigerant from the condenser and receiver dryer enters the thermostatic expansion valve as a high pressure
warm liquid. Upon passing through the ball and spring controlled metering orifice, the pressure and temperature
of the refrigerant is reduced and the refrigerant leaves the thermostatic expansion valve as a low pressure, lower
temperature atomized liquid.
The atomized liquid now passes through the evaporator where it absorbs heat before returning via the expansion
valve to the compressor as a warm Low pressure vapour.
There are two refrigerant passages in the valve. One passage is in the refrigerant line from the condenser to the
evaporator and contains the ball and spring type orifice valve. The other passage is in the refrigerant line from the
evaporator to the compressor and contains the valve’s temperature sensing element.
Liquid refrigerant flow from the condenser and receiver dryer is controlled by a push-rod forcing the orifice valve ball
off its seat and the spring exerting pressure on the ball to keep it on its seat.
During stabilized (vehicle shutdown) conditions, the pressure on the bottom of the expansion valve diaphragm rises
above the pressure on the top of the diaphragm allowing the valve spring to close the orifice.
When the system is started, the pressure on the bottom of the diaphragm drops rapidly, allowing the orifice to open
and meter atomized liquid refrigerant to the evaporator where it begins to vaporize.
Suction from the compressor draws the vaporized refrigerant out of the evaporator and back through a gallery in the
top of the valve which passes the temperature sensor.
60-50-014 14
The temperature sensor reacts to variations in refrigerant gas pressure returning from the evaporator. When heat from
the passenger compartment is absorbed by the refrigerant the pressure of the gas increases causing a differential
pressure above and below the temperature sensor diaphragm. The diaphragm reacts to this pressure differential
and a push rod forces the ball in the expansion valve orifice further off its seat. This reaction allows an increase in
the atomized refrigerant to flow through the valve, to the evaporator, so that more heat can be absorbed by the air
conditioning system.
Similarly when the temperature of the gas returning from the evaporator decreases the pressure of the gas decreases.
This causes the diaphragm to react accordingly and allow the ball in the orifice to move closer towards its seat thus
reducing the flow of refrigerant through the valve to the evaporator.
BTB0435A 15
Evaporator
The evaporator, (2) Figure 15, is located under the rear seat floor and consists of a number of turns of continuous
coils mounted in a series of thin cooling fins to provide a maximum of heat transfer in a minimum amount of space.
Low temperature refrigerant in the evaporator absorbs heat from the hotter air in the operator’s compartment, thereby
cooling the air.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 35
BTB0449_512 16
Blower Fan
The blower fan, (1) Figure 15, draws warm air from outside the cab through the intake filters, Figure 16 and forces it
across the evaporator before entering the cab through louvered vents.
The blower motor is controlled by a four-speed switch (1), Figure 17. The switch uses a variable resistor to change
the fan speed.
The coldest air will be obtained at the slowest fan speed but the greatest cooling capacity is obtained at the highest
fan speed.
BTB0422A_513 17
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 36
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview
SS08E006 1 SS08E007 2
Nominal voltage 12 V
Intake voltage min. 7,5 V
Power consumption 3,6 - 4,2 A
Power 43 W
Resistance 2,9 - 3,6 Ω
Coupling gap 0.4 - 0.8 mm ( 0.016 - 0.031 in)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 37
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Overview

SS08E030 1 SS08E031 2
Position: On the left C-pillar
Characteristic curve linear

resistance 0 - 10 k Ω ± 10 %
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 38
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Cab temperature)

valid → .....
SS08E027 1 SS08E028 2
Position: Behind the driver’s seat in blower box
valid ..... →
SS08E029 3
System type NTC
Temperature Resistance
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 16120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 9399 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 5658 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 4441 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 3511 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 2795 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 2240 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 1465 Ω
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 39
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside

temperature)
SS08E013 1 SS08E014 2
Position: Behind the driver’s seat in blower box
System type NTC
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 22120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 13061 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 7962 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 6286 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 4997 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 4000 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 3222 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 2130 Ω
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 40
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet

temperature)
SS08E025 1 SS08E026 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating and air
conditioning unit
System type NTC
-10 °C (14.0 °F) 22120 Ω
0 °C (32.0 °F) 13061 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 7962 Ω
15 °C (59.0 °F) 6286 Ω
20 °C (68.0 °F) 4997 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 4000 Ω
30 °C (86.0 °F) 3222 Ω
40 °C (104.0 °F) 2130 Ω
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 41
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview

SS08E010 1 SS08E012 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating air
conditioning unit
System type NTC
0 °C (32.0 °F) 66000 Ω
4.44 °C (40.0 °F) 52625 Ω
10 °C (50.0 °F) 40011 Ω
15.56 °C (60.0 °F) 30713 Ω
21.11 °C (70.0 °F) 23791 Ω
25 °C (77.0 °F) 20000 Ω
30.56 °C (87.0 °F) 15736 Ω
36.11 °C (97.0 °F) 12475 Ω
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 42
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Overview
SS08E016 1 SS08E009 2
Position: Under the driver’s seat in the heating air
conditioning unit
Contact Make contact

On (switch closed) 1.5 bar (21.8 psi)
Off (switch open) 0.4 bar (5.8 psi)
Current max. 5A
Temperature range -30 - (+120) °C (-22 - (+248) °F)
Tightening torque 5 - 7 Nm (44.25 - 61.96 lb in)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 43
Sensing system - Overview (High pressure-low pressure switch)
SS08E008 1 SS08E015 2
Position: On the left side of the engine
High pressure switch

Contact (PIN 1-2) Break contact
On (switch closed) 20 ±2 bar ( 290 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 28 ±2 bar ( 406 lbf/in2)
Current max. 5A
Low pressure switch

Contact (PIN 1-2) Make contact
On (switch closed) 2.6 ±0.1 bar ( 37 ±1.5 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 1.8 ±0.5 bar ( 26 ±7 lbf/in2)
Current max. 5A
Medium pressure switch

Contact (PIN 3-4) Make contact
On (switch closed) 18 ±1 bar ( 261 lbf/in2)
Off (switch open) 15 ±1 bar ( 217 lbf/in2)
Current max. 1A
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 44

- Service instruction
WARNING
Before overhauling an air conditioning system read and observe the following Safety PrecautionsIf a repair
or replacement becomes necessary, ensure that only certified Air Conditioning technicians are employed,
using approved equipment to effect repairs. Do not attempt to disassemble the air conditioning system, It is
possible to be severely frostbitten or injured by escaping refrigerant.
B042
NOTICE: Do not allow refrigerant to escape into the atmosphere.

1. Refrigerant must be handled with care in order to
AVOID HAZARDS.
Undue direct contact with liquid refrigerant can pro-
duce freezing of skin and eyes.
Keep the refrigerant container and air conditioning
system away from flame or heat sources, the re-
sulting pressure increase can cause the container or
system to explode.
If in direct contact with open flames or heated metal
surfaces, the refrigerant will decompose and pro-
duce products that are toxic and acidic.
Make sure to comply with the following indications
and simple precautions to avoid any risk of injury:
Never discharge refrigerant into the atmosphere.
When servicing air conditioning units a certified re-
frigerant recovery unit operated by a certified techni-
cian must be used.
2. When discharging the refrigerant in the system make
sure you are operating in well-ventilated premises
with good air circulation and far away from open
flames.
3. When charging and discharging the system always
wear goggles and take suitable precautions to pro-
tect the face in general and the eyes in particular,
from accidental spillage of the refrigerant fluid.
4. The oil and refrigerant mixture inside the air condi-
tioning system is pressurized. Consequently, never
loosen fittings or tamper with lines unless the system
has been properly discharged.
5. Before loosening any connection, cover the fitting in
question with a cloth and wear gloves and goggles in
order to prevent refrigerant from reaching the skin or
eyes.
6. In the event of an accident, proceed as follows:-
If the refrigerant has reached the eyes, wash them
immediately with copious amounts of sterilised water
or mains pressure tap water and transfer to hospital
for immediate medical help.
If the refrigerant has touched the skin, wash with cold
water and transfer to hospital for immediate medical
help.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 45

- Service instruction
General information
All servicing of the air conditioning system must be undertaken by a qualified refrigeration specialist using appropriate
test devices, including a leak detector for R 134a refrigerant.
WARNING
Before dismantling an air conditioning system for repair the gas within the system must be discharged and
recovered using a certified recovery unit designed for the type of refrigerant gas used in the system.NEVER
release refrigerant gas into the atmosphere.ALWAYS wear safety goggles and gloves when servicing any part
of the air conditioning system.
B043
WARNING
A significant amount of refrigerant vapour may have condensed to a liquid at the service fitting at the high
side of the compressor. Use a cloth or other protective material when disconnecting the manifold hose from
this fitting to prevent personal injury to hands and face.
B045
1. Impurities are prevented from entering the system as

follows:
Ensure that all tools, measurement devices, hoses
and spare parts are stored in a perfectly clean and
dry place and ensure that the refrigerant used is per-
mitted for use in the system.
Clean all hoses and fittings prior to removal. Seal all
openings with plugs or screw caps after removal.
When filling the system with refrigerant oil, only open
the oil container just before use and then close it
again straight away. It is very important that you en-
sure the oil cannot absorb any humidity.
2. General troubleshooting
Always undertake general troubleshooting before
carrying out a functional check of the system.
Leave the engine to run for 10 minutes 1000 - 1200
rev/min with the air conditioning system set to maxi-
mum cooling and the blower set to the highest speed
setting.
3. Ensure that the temperature switch of the heating
system is switched OFF.
4. Close the heating system shut-off valve behind the
intake manifold (if fitted).
5. Check that the fan motor works at all speed levels.
6. Check that the compressor coupling is actuated
when you press the air conditioner system switch.
You can hear the coupling shifting by way of a click-
ing noise. If the coupling does not work it may be
that the pressure switches on the intake and pres-
sure side are faulty or the electro-magnetic coupling
of the cooling compressor is not working.
7. Check whether the motor cooler ventilator is drawing
in cold air through the condenser.
8. Check the belt tension of the cooling compressor
drive belt.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 46
9. Check that the condenser is clean inside and out and

allows an unobstructed flow of air.
10. Ensure that the cab air filter is clean and not blocked.
11. Check whether the evaporator blades are stuck or
heavily soiled.
SS08E005 1
Connection of pressure gauge battery to vehicle
1. Suction side pressure gauge 2. Pressure side pressure gauge

3. Shut-off valve 4. Hose to pressure side connection valve
5. Centre hose (not in use) 6. Hose to suction side connection valve
7. Shut-off valve 8. Suction side connection valve (low pressure part)
9. Pressure side connection valve (high pressure part)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 47
Approximate display value of the high pressure gauge

Temperature of ambient air Display value of the high pressure gauge
59 °F 15 °C 9,5 bar 9.7 kgf/cm2 140 lbf/in2
68 °F 20 °C 13 bar 13.3 kgf/cm2 191 lbf/in2
12. Checking the function of the air conditioning system

The pressure gauge battery is the most important
tool when checking and performing maintenance on
the air conditioning system.
If the workshop has a modern automatic suction,
evacuation, recycling and filling device the pressure
gauges are already installed inside them.
The following instructions for checking the function
of the air conditioning system apply to the pressure
gauge battery shown in the diagram 1. The system
check using a suction and filling device with pressure
gauges fitted basically follows the same process.
When using such devices, always note the operating
instructions provided by the manufacturer.
13. Notes for accident prevention
In the closed valves the refrigerant flows around the
valve stems to the pressure gauges. As a result,
after connecting the pressure battery the pressure is
shown by both pressure gauges.
NEVER screw open the manual shut-off valve on the
PRESSURE SIDE while the system is in operation.
ALWAYS screw open the manual shut-off valve on
the SUCTION SIDE when the refrigerant is being
topped up.
NOTICE: Always ensure that the manual shut-off valves
are screwed shut during all of the testing steps (clockwise,
to the stop).
14. Connection of pressure gauge battery to vehicle
Always ensure that the manual shut-off valves of the
pressure gauge battery are screwed shut (clockwise,
to the stop).
WARNING
To avoid personal injury, stop the tractor engine during
connection of the manifold gauge set.
B044
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 48
15. Connect the hose of the high pressure gauge (usu-

ally red) to the pressure side shut-off valve, and the
hose of the low pressure gauge (usually blue) to the
suction side connection valve at the vehicle, see di-
agram 1. Ensure that the hose fittings have been
perfectly tightened.
NOTICE: Prior to connecting the pressure gauge battery
determine the assignment of the connections for the high
pressure gauge (pressure side) and the low pressure
gauge (suction side). The pressure side connection valve
always sits in the line from the cooling compressor to the
condenser.
16. The connection valves for the high pressure and
low pressure sides on the vehicle are spring-loaded
valves and open automatically when the pressure
testing hose is connected.
The connection valves are closed with a protective
cap. Remove this cap prior to connecting the pres-
sure gauge and fit it again when the servicing of the
vehicle is complete.
NOTE: A suitable pressure pin must be inserted into the
pressure testing pipe to actuate this type of valve.
17. Testing procedure
After connecting the pressure gauge battery - and
before the functional test is able to be carried out
- shift the system into a stable operating state as
follows:
Check again whether the manual shut-off valves on
the suction and pressure sides of the pressure gauge
battery are completely screwed shut.
18. Actuate the parking brake and check that all gear
levers are in neutral and all windows and doors of
the driver cab are shut.
19. Un the engine at 1000 - 1200 rev/min.
20. Switch OFF the temperature switch of the heating
system.
21. Switch the temperature stabilisation function of the
air conditioning system to maximum cooling and
switch the fan motor to the highest speed setting for
10 minutes.
22. Check that the low pressure gauge shows approxi-
mately 4 - 36 lbf/in2 ( 0.28 - 2.48 bar) ( 0.28 - 2.53
kgf/cm2).
23. Read the high pressure gauge and compare the dis-
play value with the values in the pressure/tempera-
ture table provided above.
24. Compare the temperature of the air-conditioned air
flowing out of the air vents into the cab with the tem-
perature of the intake air at the cab air filters outside
the cab.
If the system is functioning properly the air-condi-
tioned air flowing into the cab should be 6 - 9 ° C
( 10 - 15 ° F) cooler than the outside air that is drawn
in.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 49
25. If you determine as a result that the system is not

functioning properly, proceed with troubleshooting
using the troubleshooting tables and the examples
in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Troubleshooting (E.40.D)
and remedy as required.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 50

- Overhaul
NOTE: Before disconnecting components in the air conditioning system the refrigerant gas must be discharged and
recovered using a certified recovery system. Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-
conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D). Do Not discharge the gas into the atmosphere
1. If an air conditioning component is to be replaced
during a system overhaul it is necessary to drain any
refrigerant oil that has collected in the component
being replaced into a clean calibrated container.
A volume of clean refrigerant oil equivalent to that
removed from the replaced component must then be
added to the new item before being installed onto the
tractor.
Upon completion of the repair evacuate, recharge,
leak test and performance test the system to ensure
correct operation.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 51

- Decontaminating
Air conditioning systems may occasionally become contaminated with solid particles. This contamination may be the
result of allowing dirt to enter the system while it was open, from aluminum corrosion or sludge, or from disintegrated
compressor reed plates. Contamination of this nature can result in plugged evaporators, condensers and expansion
valves.
1. Contaminated systems must be flushed with a spe-

cial flushing solvent to remove the unwanted mate-
rial. Prior to flushing, the system must be discharged
as described in ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heat-
ing, ventilation and air-conditioning - Discharg-
ing (E.40.D).
Each individual component must be flushed after dis-
connecting every hose fitting.
The compressor and expansion valve can not be
flushed, therefore, the compressor should be disas-
sembled and cleaned or replaced and the expansion
valve should be replaced. When flushing the system
always replace the receiver/drier.
Manifold Gauge Set (Fig. 1 ) 60-50-032 1

1. High Side Gauge
2. High Side Shut off Valve
3. High Side hose
4. Centre Service hose
5. Low Side hose
6. Low Side Shut off Valve
7. Low Side Gauge
2. Re-assemble and evacuate the system to remove air
and moisture as described in ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning -
Evacuate (E.40.D).
NOTE: Never use any solvent for flushing an air condition-
ing system other than a special flush solvent made specif-
ically for air conditioning systems. Always follow the man-
ufacturer’s recommendations and directions for using the
flushing equipment and solvent.
60-50-033 2
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 52

- Discharging
WARNING
Never discharge refrigerant gas into the atmosphere. Always where safety goggles and gloves when working
with refrigerant. Only use authorised refrigerant tanks.
B030
NOTICE: Legislation bans the release of refrigerant into the atmosphere.

1. Whenever overhauling the air conditioning (A/C) sys-
tem or performing other tasks which require the A/C
system to be dismantled, it is necessary to discharge
the refrigerant gas before commencing repair.
Before dismantling an A/C system for repairs, you
must discharge and recover the refrigerant using a
certified recovery unit in accordance with the manu-
facturers instructions.
Figure 1 shows a combined refrigerant recovery,
evacuation and recycling/charging station. This
equipment removes R-134a refrigerant from the A/C
system, recycles and recharges all in one hook up.
The unit is designed to be used with the manifold
gauge set built into the control panel. BAIL07APH231GVA 1
2. Other recovery systems are available where the

manifold gauges are not an integral part of the
machine. When this type of equipment is used a
separate manifold gauge set must be used.
The following is a summary of the steps for discharg-
ing the system using a recovery/recycling unit
NOTICE: Always follow the manufactures instructions
when operating recovery equipment.
3. Run the vehicle’s A/C system for a few minutes.
4. Set up the recovery unit following the manufacturer’s
instructions. Make sure that the units red (high side)
hose is connected to the high side fitting (1) and the
blue (low side) hose to the low side fitting (2).
NOTE: If a unit requiring the manifold gauge set is be-
ing used, the low and high sides of the manifold set are
connected to the low and high sides of the A/C system.
The hose from the recovery unit is then connected to the
manifold centre port. Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontami-
nating (E.40.D).
BAIL07APH230FVB 2
5. To recover refrigerant, open both high and low side

valves on the control panel or the valves on the mani-
fold gauge set if being used, refer to ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condition-
ing - Decontaminating (E.40.D).
6. Open the valves labeled “gas" and “liquid" on the re-
covery unit refrigerant tank, ENVIRONMENT CON-
TROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning -
Decontaminating (E.40.D).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 53
7. Operate the recovery system in accordance with the

manufacturers instructions.
The compressor will shut off automatically when the
recovery is complete.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 54

- Evacuate
NOTICE: A system in which the refrigerant has been recovered to facilitate repairs, must be evacuated before new
refrigerant is installed.
NOTE: Air and moisture are removed by evacuating the system using a vacuum pump.
The automatic recycling, recharge and evacuation stations or evacuating and charging stations available throughout
the air conditioning industry incorporate a vacuum pump within the assembly. If this type of equipment is not available
a separate vacuum pump and manifold gauge set must be used.
As the system is evacuated the boiling point of any moisture within the system is similarly lowered. As the vacuum
increases the boiling reduces to below that of the ambient temperate and the moisture is subsequently boiled away.
The relationship of system vacuum to the boiling temperature at which the water vapor is removed from the system
is as follows:
NOTE: For every 1000 feet ( 305 m) above sea level, the vacuum gauge reading must be corrected by adding 1 (
2.54 cm) of mercury to compensate for the change in atmospheric pressure.
NOTICE: Be sure the system is completely discharged as refrigerant will damage the vacuum pump.
60-50-030 1
System Vacuum Temperature

In Cm. of °F °C
Mercury Mercury
28.0 71.0 100 37
28.9 73.4 80 27
29.4 74.6 60 16
29.7 75.4 40 5
29.8 75.7 20 -7
29.9 75.9 0 -18
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 55
1. If the manifold gauge set is being used connect

the low and high sides of the manifold to the low
and high sides of the tractor air conditioning system
as described for discharging the system in ENVI-
RONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D).
Connect the manifold centre hose to the vacuum
pump suction port as per the manufacturers instruc-
tions.
Fully open both the low and high side gauge shutoff
valves.
2. If a combined recovery/evacuation unit is to be used
attach the unit to the air conditioning system in ac-
cordance with the manufacturers instructions. Be
sure to read all installation and operating instructions
carefully before starting the unit.
3. After starting the evacuation cycle, note the low side
gauge to be sure the system pulls down into a vac-
uum.
4. Time the evacuation for a minimum of 20 minutes
from the point when lowest vacuum is attained.
5. When the low side gauge attains the lowest steady
vacuum, stop the evacuation process.
NOTE: The vacuum pump achieves ultimate vacuum with
the vented exhaust valve closed.
6. Check the system by closing the gauge shut-off
valves, turning the vacuum pump off and noting the
low side gauge reading. A loss of more than 2 in ( 5
cm) of vacuum in 5 minutes indicates either a leak
or moisture in the system.
7. If the gauge needle remains stationary and the vac-
uum is maintained for 3 - 5 minutes, close both the
high and low side manifold hand valves, turn off and
disconnect the center hose from the pump. The sys-
tem is now ready for charging.
8. If a leak is detected, charge the system with ap-
proximately 14 oz ( 400 g) of refrigerant, see EN-
VIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and
air-conditioning - Charging (E.40.D) and identify
leak using a leak detector.
9. Once the leak is located discharge and recover the
refrigerant in the system, repair the leak, then repeat
the evacuation procedure.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 56

- Charging
NOTICE: Make sure that there are no leaks in the air conditioning (A/C) system and that the A/C system has been fully
evacuated. Observe all safety recommendations when handling refrigerant R-134a - see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction (E.40.D).
1. Make sure that the charging unit is correctly con-
nected to the vehicle A/C system in accordance with
the manufacturers instructions.
2. If a charging unit, in conjunction with the manifold
gauge set is used, open the high and low side hand
valves on the manifold.
3. Charge the A/C system with the corresponding filling
quantity of refrigerant - see GENERAL SPECIFICA-
TION (E.40.D).
4. If the charging rate becomes very slow close the high
side valve, start the engine and set the engine speed
to idle. Turn the A/C ON so that the compressor
can pull the remainder of the refrigerant into the A/C
system.
5. If the refrigerant charge will not completely transfer
to the A/C system, recover and recharge the A/C
system.
6. Close the high and low side valves on the units con-
trol panel, or manifold gauge set if being used and
test the A/C system as detailed in Performance Test-
ing The Air Conditioning System on ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-condition-
ing - Service instruction (E.40.D).
NOTE: After charging an A/C system use the following start
up procedure to make sure that the lubricating oil is prop-
erly dispersed around the A/C system:
7. Make sure that the A/C system is switched OFF.
8. Start the engine and bring the engine speed down to
idle.
9. Turn the A/C ON and allow the system to operate for
at least one minute before increasing engine speed.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 57
BAIL07APH230FVB 1
Connecting Recovery Evacuation and Recycling/Charging Station to the Vehicle
1 High Side Service Valve (Red Hose) 2 Low Side Service Valve (Blue Hose)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 58

- Leakage test
To perform a leak test if refrigerant leakage is suspected, use an electronic leak detector, Figure 1 following manufac-
turer’s instructions.
Electronic leak detectors use flashing lights or sound to alert the operator to a leak. If the leak detector’s sensitivity is
adjustable, be sure you calibrate the detector according to the manufacturer’s instructions before use.
When using a leak detector, keep in mind that a very slight amount of leakage in the compressor pulley area is normal
and does not necessarily indicate a repair is required.
When a leak is located, follow these steps.
1. Discharge the system using a certified freon recovery

system.
Repair the leak.
Partially charge system with 400 grammes ( 14 ozs
) of refrigerant.
Check system for leaks.
Fully charge the system.
Always check the system for leaks as a final test af-
ter evacuating and before recharging. Refer to EN-
air-conditioning - Evacuate (E.40.D)
60-50-029 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 59

- Remove (Heating and air conditioning unit)
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D)
1. Turn the starter switch to the “OFF” position.

Disconnect the electrical plug connections on the
right side of the driver’s seat.
SS09A055 1
2. Unscrew the retaining screws of the driver’s seat.

Remove the driver’s seat.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 2
3. Take the floor mats out of the cab to obtain access to

the front and rear floor plates.
BTB0434 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 60
4. Remove the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 4
5. Remove the front floor plate.
BTB0445 5
6. Remove the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVA 6
7. Remove the lower side air ducts.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 61
8. Remove the exhaust duct from the front side of the

heating and air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 8
9. Remove the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 9
10. Remove the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 10
11. Remove the cover next to the fan box.
BTB0427 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 62
12. Unscrew the retaining screws of the fan box.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 12
13. Remove the electrical connector of the fan motor and

remove the fan box.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 13
14. Ensure that the vehicle is standing on even ground.

15. Place chocks under the front wheels.
16. Drive timber wedges between the front axle and front
axle bearing block. The wedges prevent the front
axle from swinging.
BAIL07APH285AVA 14
17. Raise the rear of the vehicle and place two suitable
support frames (1) under the end drive housing.
NOTE: Remove the supports if required.
BTB0281A 15
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 63
18. Remove the rear left wheel.
BAIL07APH363AVA 16
19. Attach peristaltic devices to the feed and return lines

of the heating cooler.
BAIL07APH421AVA 17
20. Remove the hoses of the cab heating system (1) and
the air conditioner lines (2).
ATTENTION: Risk of burns due to hot coolant.
SS08D111 18
21. Remove the cover plate from the heating and air con-
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 19
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 64
22. Standard air conditioner design:

Remove the electrical connector (1).
Unclip the Bowden cable of the heating regulator (2).
BAIS06CCM384AVA 20
Automatic air conditioner (ATC) design:

Remove the electrical connector (3) from the heating and
air conditioning unit.
SS08D112 21
23. Remove the heating and air conditioning unit to-

gether with the rear air ducts.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 22
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Install (Heating and air conditioning
unit) (E.40.D)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 65

- Install (Heating and air conditioning unit)
Prior operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Remove (Heating and air conditioning
unit) (E.40.D)
1. Attach the rear air duct to the heating and air condi-
tioning unit.
2. Install the heating and air conditioning unit together
with the rear air duct.
BAIS06CCM375AVA 1
3. Connect the hoses of the cab heating system (1) and

the air conditioner lines (2).
SS08D111 2
4. Remove the peristaltic devices from the heating

hoses.
BAIL07APH421AVA 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 66
5. Mount the rear left wheel and tighten the wheel nuts
to the specified torque - see Rear wheel - Torque
(D.50.C).
BAIL07APH363AVA 4
6. Raise the rear of the vehicle and remove the support

frames (1).
NOTE: If the supports have been removed, fit them again.
BTB0281A 5
7. Remove the timber wedges from between the front

axle and front axle bearing block.
BAIL07APH285AVA 6
8. Remove the wedges from the front wheels.

9. Attach the exhaust duct to the front side of the heat-
ing and air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM374AVA 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 67
10. Attach the lower side air ducts.
BAIS06CCM373AVA 8
11. Attach the front air ducts.
BAIS06CCM372AVB 9
12. Install the front floor plate.
BTB0445 10

Connect the electrical connector (1).
Fit the Bowden cable of the heating regulator (2).
BAIS06CCM384AVA 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 68

Connect the electrical connector (3) of the heating and air
conditioning unit.
SS08D112 12
14. Attach the cover plate to the top of the heating and
air conditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 13
15. Insert the blower box and screw in the blower box
retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 14
16. Fit the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 15
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 69
17. Attach the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 16
18. Connect the electrical connector to the fan motor.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 17
19. Attach the cover.
BTB0427 18
20. Install the rear floor plate.
BAIS06CCM371AVA 19
21. Fit the front and rear cab floor mats.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 70
22. Install the driver’s seat.

Screw in the retaining bolts.
BAIS06CCM370AVA 20
23. Connect the electrical plug connections on the right

side of the driver’s seat.
SS09A055 21
Next operation:
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate (E.40.D)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging (E.40.D)
Compressor - Filling (E.40.D)
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Filling (B.50.A)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 71
Command Switch - Replace (Blower speed)

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1

Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap
nut located behind it.
Disconnect the plug connection.
Replace the switch.
SS08D103 2

Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap nut lo-
cated behind it.
Replace the switch.
SS08D104 3
3. Tighten the cap nut and fit the turning knob (1).
Connect the connector.
4. Re-install the facing.
SS08D010 4
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 72
Command Switch - Replace (Modes of operation)

Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1

Remove the plug at the switch.
Replace the switch (1).
SS08D013 2

Remove the plug at the switch.
Replace the switch (1).
SS08D012 3
3. Insert the plug at the switch (1).

4. Install the facing.
SS08D010 4
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 73
Heater valve - Replace

Prior operation:
unit) (E.40.D) Step 1 to step 4 and step 14 to step 19
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the heating valve.
Removal
1. Pull off the hoses for the cab heating (1).
SS08D110 1
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 2
3. Carefully move the evaporator temperature sensor

(2) to the right. Remove the Bowden cable (3) for
actuating the heating valve. Remove the hose clips
(4) and take out the heating valve.
SS08D018 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 74
Assembly
4. Install the heating valve. Fit the hose clips (4). Fit
the Bowden cable (3) used for actuation. Carefully
move the evaporator temperature sensor (2) to the
correct position.
SS08D018 4
5. Fit the cover plate to the heating and air conditioning

unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
6. Fit the hoses for the cab heating (1).
SS08D110 6
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 75
Air filter - Cleaning

Prior to carrying out maintenance on the air filter switch off the fan and close the roof opening, all windows and one
door. Slam the other door closed. The counter-pressure thus created loosens the majority of the dirt that has been
stuck to the underside of the filter.
Remove the filter elements:
The cab filters have a built-in pre-filter element that catches

most of the dust and husks. This pre-filter is part of the filter.
It must be removed downwards prior to cleaning the main
filter and then pushed back in again.
BTB0449 1
The circulation filter has a strap. This should be used to

remove the filter.
NOTE: Never remove the filter by the paper layers as this
will damage the filter.
BTB0426_505 2
Blow the dust through the filter element from the top side
to the bottom side. Clean the elements by blowing with
compressed air not exceeding 2 bar (30 lbf/in2). Keep the
jet at a distance of at least 300 mm ( 12 in) to the filter
element in order not to damage the paper layers.
Clean all filter boxes with a damp lint-free cloth.
Insert the filter elements with the rubber seal upwards and
attach the cover again.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 76
Compressor - Remove
Prior operation:
Discharge the air conditioning system - see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
- Discharging (E.40.D).
Remove the air conditioning drive belt - see Fan and drive Belt - Remove (B.50.A).
1. Disconnect the compressor electrical connector.
BAIL07APH102AVA 1
2. Disconnect the compressor supply and return pipes.

NOTE: Cap and plug all fittings to prevent any dirt entering
the system.
BAIL07APH023AVA 2
3. Remove the compressor.
BAIL07APH026AVA 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 77
4. Drain the refrigerant oil from the compressor into a

clean calibrated container. Measure and record the
quantity of oil as this information is required during
installation.
NOTE: It is necessary to rotate the compressor drive shaft
several times to completely expel all the oil.
BAIL07APH274AVA 4
Next operation:
Compressor - Install (E.40.D)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 78
Compressor - Install
Prior operation:
Compressor - Remove (E.40.D)
Refill the compressor with new oil - see Compressor - Filling (E.40.D).
1. Install the compressor.

Tighten to 40 - 51 Nm (29.5 - 37.6 lb ft).
BAIL07APH026AVA 1
2. Connect the compressor supply and return pipes.
BAIL07APH023AVA 2
3. Connect the compressor electrical connector.
BAIL07APH102AVA 3
4. Install the air conditioning drive belt - see Fan and

drive Belt - Install (B.50.A).
5. Evacuate and recharge the air conditioning system -
see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventila-
tion and air-conditioning - Evacuate (E.40.D) and
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation
and air-conditioning - Charging (E.40.D).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 79
6. After charging an air conditioning system, use the fol-

lowing start up procedure to make sure that the lubri-
cating oil is properly dispersed around the system:
Make sure that the air conditioning is switched OFF.
Start the engine and bring the speed down to idle.
Turn the air conditioning ON and allow the system
to operate for at least five minutes before increasing
engine speed.
NOTE: It is recommended that a new receiver/drier assem-
bly is installed after any system component replacement or
any repair that requires entry into the system.
Next operation:
Re-check the level of oil in the system - see Compressor - Filling (E.40.D).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 80
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble

380000333 Air conditioning compressor toolkit
Prior operation:
1. Clamp the compressor into a vice with protective

jaws.
NOTE: Do not position clamp at housing circumference.
2. Remove the three screws and take the cover off of
the coupling.
BAIL07APH427AVA 1
3. Attach the special tool (211-153/1, 211-153/2) to se-

cure the coupling plate. Unscrew the locknut from
the compressor shaft.
BAIL07APH428AVC 2
4. Place the special tool (211-153/6) onto the end of the

compressor shaft.
Fit special tool (2) (211-153/3, 211-153/4) inside
special tool (1) (211-153/1) and pull off the coupling
plate.
NOTE: From .....→ the coupling plate is fixed on the com-
pressor shaft with a woodruff key.
BAIL07APH428AVB 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 81
5. Remove and dispose of the dust protection ring for

the bearing.
BAIL07APH429AVA 4
6. Remove belt pulley bearing's circlip.
BAIL07APH430AVA 5
7. Remove the adjusting shims.
BAIL07APH431AVA 6
8. Place the special tool (1) (211-153/6) onto the end of

the compressor shaft.
Place the belt pulley chuck tool (2) (211-153/5) inside
the groove.
Mount the pullers (3) (211-153/1, 211-153/2) and (4)
(211-153/3, 211-153/4).
Pull off the coupling’s belt pulley.
BAIL07APH432AVB 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 82
9. Check the belt pulley bearing for wear and replace if

needed.
BAIL07APH433AVA 8
10. Remove cable clamp.
BAIL07APH434AVA 9
11. Remove circlip and remove exciter winding.
BAIL07APH435AVA 10
Next operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble (E.40.D)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 83
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble

Prior operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (E.40.D)
1. Fit the exciter winding.

Secure the exciter winding using the circlip.
NOTE: The nose of the exciter winding must be seated in
the hole of the compressor housing.
BAIL07APH435AVA 1
2. Fit cable clamp.
BAIL07APH434AVA 2
3. Use the special tool (1) (211-153/7) to drive the belt

pulley bearing and the belt pulley (2) onto the hub of
the compressor.
BAIL07APH440AVA 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 84
4. Insert bearing's circlip.
BAIL07APH430AVA 4
5. Place shims on compressor shaft.
BAIL07APH431AVA 5
6. Insert a new dust protection ring.
BAIL07APH429AVA 6
7. Attach coupling plate.

Attach the special tool (211-153/1, 211-153/2) to se-
cure the coupling plate. Screw the locknut onto the
drive shaft and tighten to 18 Nm (13 lb in).
NOTE: From .....→ pay attention to the woodruff key.
BAIL07APH428AVC 7
8. Measure the gap between the front plate of the cou-

pling and belt pulley. The gap must be the same over
the entire area and measure 0.4 - 0.8 mm ( 0.0164 -
0.031 in).
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 85
9. If the gap size is not achieved, adjusting shims must

be added or removed until the prescribed gap size is
achieved.
NOTE: New shims are available in sizes 1.00 mm, 0.50 -
0.13 mm, ( 0.040 in, 0.020 - 0.005 in).
BAIL07APH431AVA 8
10. Attach the cover to the coupling plate and fit the
screws.
BAIL07APH427AVA 9
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 86
Compressor Shaft seal - Replace

Prior operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (E.40.D) Step 1 to step 5
Removal
1. Remove and dispose of the felt ring.
BAIL07APH437AVA 1
2. Remove sealing ring circlip.
BAIL07APH438AVA 2
3. Mount the assembly/disassembly tool for sealing

rings (1) (211-154); remove and dispose of the seal-
ing ring.
NOTE: From .....→ it is not possible to use the assem-
bly/disassembly tool (1) (211-154). (changed sealing ring)
Remove the sealing ring with a proper tool.
BAIL07APH439AVA 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 87
Installation
4. Thoroughly clean seal groove in hub. A lint-free cloth
must be used.
5. Spray a new sealing ring with fresh refrigerator oil.
Use the assembly/disassembly tool for sealing rings
(1) (211-154) to fit the new sealing ring.
NOTE: From .....→ use the assembly/disassembly tool
(211-155) to fit the sealing ring. (changed sealing ring)
BAIL07APH439AVA 4
6. Fit sealing ring circlip.
BAIL07APH438AVA 5
7. Insert a new felt ring.
BAIL07APH437AVA 6
Next operation:
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble (E.40.D) Step 5 to step 10
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 88
Compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble

Prior operation:
1. Clamp the compressor into a vice with protective

jaws.
NOTE: Do not position clamp at housing circumference.
2. Remove the cylinder head screws. Remove the
cylinder head.
BAIL07APH441AVA 1
3. Remove the plate valve from the cylinder block and

check for damage.
BAIL07APH442AVA 2
4. Remove the seals from the plate valve.
BAIL07APH443AVA 3
Next operation:
Compressor Cylinder head - Assemble (E.40.D)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 89
Compressor Cylinder head - Assemble

Prior operation:
Compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble (E.40.D)
1. Clean the cylinder block using a lint-free cloth.
BAIL07APH444AVA 1
2. Spray new seals with fresh refrigerator oil and fit to

plate valve.
3. When fitting the plate valve ensure that the dowel
pins are seated correctly in the cylinder block.
BAIL07APH442AVA 2
4. Insert the cylinder head screws and tighten in the

sequence pictured. First tighten the screws to 20 Nm
( 14 lbf.ft) and then to the final torque of 32 Nm ( 24
lbf.ft).
BAIL07APH441AVB 3
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 90
Compressor - Filling
The oil level of the air conditioning compressor must be checked after removing a component of the air conditioner or
if a leaky spot is suspected.
Use the following process to check that the correct level of oil has been filled.
1. Start the engine and leave to idle. Switch on the air

conditioner and let air conditioning compressor run
for 10 minutes.
Siphon the refrigerant out of the equipment - see EN-
air-conditioning - Discharging (E.40.D).
2. Carefully remove the oil filling plug. Turn the cap
nut of the fitting to allow the oil dip stick (1) that is
provided in the parts set NH.50-100 to be completely
inserted.
Pull out the dip stick and count the notches that have
been touched by oil. The oil level is sufficient if 5 - 7
notches are wet.
Top up oil at the filling closure or siphon off oil until
the specified level has been reached.
Ensure that the filling opening and the filling closure
sealing ring are totally clean and undamaged. Then
screw in the screw plug again. Tighten to 15 - 25 Nm
( 11 - 18 lbf.ft).
1b0o2004061087 1
3. Oil is contained in the components of the air condi-

tioner.
After replacing system components, oil must be
added to the system to compensate for the amount
of oil that was removed with the components.
Some typical oil levels for the individual parts are pro-
vided in the table below. It is however recommended
as a rule to measure the oil level as described above
to have an exact level for installing new components.
BAIL07APH419AVA 2
Item Typical oil level

Evaporator 2.0 fl.oz. 60 cm³
Condenser 1.0 fl.oz. 30 cm³
Filter drier 0.5 fl.oz. 15 cm³
Hoses 0.3 fl.oz. 10 cm³
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 91
Condenser - Replace
Prior operation:
NOTE: The images show condenser for engine with Common rail system.
Removal
1. Unscrew the screws for the feed and return lines.
Unscrew the screw (1) and remove the lines and the
mounting.
NOTE: Use plugs or screws to close all openings to avoid
impurities in the unit.
SS08E004 1
2. Unscrew the nut of the condenser hinge pin and pull

out the hinge pin. Unscrew the tension locks and lift
out the condenser.
BAIL07APH366AVA 2
3. Check the condenser cooling fins for damage and

blockages.
Check the condenser for signs of leakage. The con-
denser must be replaced if damaged or leaking.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 92
Assembly
4. If the condenser needs to be replaced, drain the re-
frigerator oil into a clean measuring container. Mea-
sure the quantity of oil and fill the new condenser with
the same amount of fresh refrigerator oil - see Com-
pressor - Filling (E.40.D).
5. Move the condenser to its installation position. Insert
the hinge bolt and secure with the nut. Close the
tension locks.
BAIL07APH366AVA 3
6. Position the feed and return lines and screw in the

screws. Fit the line mounting and screw in the screw
(1).
SS08E004 4
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 93
Evaporator - Replace
Prior operation:
unit) (E.40.D)
Removal
1. Remove the retaining screws of the rear air duct; re-
move the air duct. Remove the four retaining clips on
the housing and remove the upper part of the hous-
ing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (1). Re-
move the evaporator (2).
SS08D026 2

Remove the evaporator temperature sensor (3). Remove
the evaporator (2).
SS08D027 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 94
Assembly
Install the evaporator (2). Fit the evaporator temper-
ature sensor (1).
SS08D026 4

Install the evaporator (2). Fit the evaporator temperature
sensor (3).
SS08D027 5
4. Fit the upper part of the housing.

Attach the four retaining clips to the housing. Attach
the rear air duct and screw in the retaining screws.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
Next operation:
unit) (E.40.D)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 95
Expansion valve - Replace

Prior operation:
unit) (E.40.D)
Removal
1. Remove the four retaining clips on the housing and
take out the evaporator to obtain access to the ex-
pansion valve.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1
2. Unscrew the retaining socket screw of the inlet/out-

let support on the expansion valve and remove the
support.
BTB0452 2
3. Remove the expansion valve and remove the ‘O’

rings (1).
BTB0453 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 96
Assembly
4. Fit new ‘O’ rings (1), grease with refrigerator oil and
install the expansion valve.
BTB0453 4
5. Screw in the socket screw and use it to secure the

inlet/outlet support on the expansion valve.
BTB0452 5
6. Install the evaporator inside its housing and attach

the four retaining clips.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
Next operation:
unit) (E.40.D)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 97
Heater Water valve actuator - Replace

Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the heating valve.
Removal
1. Pull off the hoses for the cab heating (1).
SS08D110 1
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 2
3. Disconnect the connector from the electrical heating

valve (2). Remove the retaining screw (3) and re-
move the heating valve.
NOTE: The servo motor can be disassembled alone or to-
gether with the heating valve as required.
SS08D020 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 98
Assembly
4. Fit the heating valve using the retaining screws (3).
Fit the connector to the electrical heating valve (2).
SS08D020 4

unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 5
6. Fit the hoses for the cab heating (1).
SS08D110 6
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 99
Receiver/drier - Replace
The fluid reservoir with drying element should always be changed if there are signs of moisture in the unit.
It must also be changed after the refrigerant has been siphoned out of the unit and the hose fittings have been dis-
connected.
Prior operation:
Removal
1. Open the connections at the drier. Remove the
bracket screws and take out the drier.
NOTE: Use protective caps to close the open connections
to avoid impurities in the unit.
BAIL07APH007AVA 1
Assembly
2. When the drier is changed, drain the refrigerator oil
into a clean measuring container. Measure the quan-
tity of oil and fill the new drier with the same amount
of fresh oil - For oil quantities see Compressor - Fill-
ing (E.40.D).
3. Remove the protective caps from the connections.
Attach the drier to the bracket and do not tighten the
clamping screw. Connect the feed and return lines
to the drier and tighten.
Tighten the clamping screw.
BAIL07APH007AVA 2
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 100
Cooler - Replace
Prior operation:
unit) (E.40.D)
Removal
1. Remove the retaining screws of the rear air duct; re-
move the air duct.
Remove the four retaining clips on the housing and
remove the upper part of the housing.
BAIL07APH422AVA 1

Disassemble the heating valve (1). Remove the
heating cooler (2).
SS08D017 2

Disassemble the air outlet temperature sensor (3) and the
electrical heating valve (4). Remove the heating cooler (5).
SS08D016 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 101
Assembly
Install the heating cooler (2). Fit the heating valve
(1).
SS08D017 4

Install the heating cooler (5). Fit the air outlet temperature
sensor (3) and the electrical heating valve (4).
SS08D016 5
4. Fit the upper part of the housing again. Attach the

four retaining clips to the housing. Attach the rear air
duct and screw in the retaining screws.
BAIL07APH422AVB 6
Next operation:
unit) (E.40.D)
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 102
Ventilation system Motor - Replace

Removal
Remove the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Remove the cover next to the fan housing.
BTB0427 3
4. Unscrew the retaining screws of the fan housing.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 4
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 103
5. Remove the electrical connector of the fan motor.

Remove the fan motor housing.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 5
6. To obtain access to the fan motor, remove the 6 re-

taining clips which are used to join the two halves of
the fan housing.
BTB0451 6
7. Unscrew the retaining screw of the fan and pull the

fan out of the housing.
BTB0455 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 104
Assembly
8. Place the fan in the back half of the housing and
secure using the retaining screw.
BTB0455 8
9. Assembly the two halves of the fan motor housing

and secure it using the 6 retaining clips.
BTB0451 9
10. Attach the electrical connector of the fan motor and

install the fan motor housing.
BAIS06CCM379AVA 10
11. Screw in the retaining screws of the fan housing.
BAIS06CCM378AVA 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 105
12. Attach the cover next to the fan housing.
BTB0427 12
13. Fit the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 13
14. Attach the air circulation grating and secure using the
two retaining screws.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 14
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 106
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage divider)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Unscrew the retaining screws, disconnect the con-

nector and remove the voltage divider.
SS08D014 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 107
Assembly
4. Fit the voltage divider.
Tighten the retaining screws and connect the con-
nector.
SS08D014 4
5. Insert the air circulation filter element again.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Re-fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 108
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage regulator)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Unscrew the retaining screws, disconnect the con-

nector and remove the voltage regulator.
SS08D015 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 109
Assembly
4. Fit the voltage regulator.
Tighten the retaining screws and connect the con-
nector.
SS08D015 4
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Re-fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 110
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Replace


Remove the facing.
SS08D010 1
2. Remove the turning knob (1) and unscrew the cap

nut located behind it.
Replace the potentiometer.
SS08D102 2
3. Tighten the cap nut and fit the turning knob (1).
4. Re-install the facing.
SS08D010 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 111
Electronic HVAC control - Replace

Removal
Disassemble the repository on the left side.
BAIS06CCM336AVA 1
2. Remove the seat cushion from the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 2
3. Remove the passenger seat.

Remove the retaining plate.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 112
4. Disassemble the air outlet on the left side.
BAIS06CCM347AVA 4
5. Remove the side covering on the left.
BAIS06CCM348AVA 5
6. Remove the connector tab (1) and pull out the con-
nector (2).
BAIS06CCM349AVA 6
7. Remove the climate controller.
BAIS06CCM350AVA 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 113
Assembly
8. Install the climate controller.
BAIS06CCM350AVA 8
9. Connect the electrical connector (2) and attach the

tab (1).
BAIS06CCM349AVA 9
10. Attach the side covering on the left.
BAIS06CCM348AVA 10
11. Fit the air outlet on the left side.
BAIS06CCM347AVA 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 114
12. Fit the retaining plate.

Install the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM344AVA 12
13. Place the seat cushion on the passenger seat.
BAIS06CCM337AVA 13
14. Fit the repository on the left side.
BAIS06CCM336AVA 14
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 115
Electronic HVAC control - Electrical test

SS08F003 1 SS08F004 2
BEHIND THE CAB SIDE COVERING ON THE LEFT
Pin Description Function Normal Notes

Signal
1 CAN Low Provides CAN communication to the vehicle 2,3 V
2 CAN High 2,6 V
3 Water Valve Signal Provides control signal to Full Cold (LO) 11,2 V Blower switch in
water valve position "0, A, I, II, III"
Middle ( 74 °F) 4,6 V Blower switch in
Full Hot (HI) 2,1 V position "A, I, II, III"
4 Actuator Power Provides feed back from actuator power supply V bat
Water Valve
5 Blower Signal Output to the Blower Control Speed switch "0" 11 V constant
Module Speed switch "A" 6 - 1,1 V variable
Speed switch "I" 5,8 V constant
Speed switch "II" 3,7 V
Speed switch "III" 1,1 V
6 Power supply from Provides feed back from V bat V bat
relay actuator current power
15 Clutch Relay Output to drive AC Clutch "ON" V bat
relay "OFF" 0V
17 Battery (+) Input Power from vehicle V bat V bat
18 Ground Input Ground from vehicle Ground
21 Cabin Temperature Input from Cabin 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,87 V 9399 Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 3,09 V 4441 Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,81 V 3511 Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 2,25 V 2240 Ω ± 2,5 %
22 Outlet Temperature Input from Outlet 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,56 V 13,06 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,64 V 6,28 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,32 V 4,99 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,76 V 3,22 k Ω ± 2,5 %
23 Evaporator Input from Evaporator 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,43 V 66 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,51 V 30,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,20 V 23,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,72 V 15,7 k Ω ± 2,5 %
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 116
Pin Description Function Normal Notes

Signal
24 Outside Input from Outside 0 °C (32.0 °F) ~ 3,56 V 13,06 k Ω ± 2,5 %
Temperature Temperature Sensor 15 °C (59.00 °F) ~ 2,64 V 6,28 k Ω ± 2,5 %
20 °C (68.00 °F) ~ 2,32 V 4,99 k Ω ± 2,5 %
30 °C (86.00 °F) ~ 1,76 V 3,22 k Ω ± 2,5 %
25 Manual/Defrost Input from Max Defrost Selected V bat
Switch Otherwise 0,4 V
26 Econ Input from Econ Switch Selected V bat
Otherwise 0,4 V
27 Blower Auto Auto Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch Otherwise 5V
28 Blower Low "I" Low Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "I" Otherwise 5V
29 Temperature Set Input from Temperature Set Low 15 °C (59.00 °F) 0,25 V 10 k Ω ± 10 %
potentiometer point Pot Med 25 °C ( 74 °F) 2,27 V
High 32 °C (89.60 °F) 3,17 V
30 Blower Medium "II" Medium Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "II" Otherwise 5V
31 Blower High "III" High Position of Blower Selected 0,2 V
Switch "III" Otherwise 5V
33 High Pressure (+) (+) Input from High Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 3,1 V
34 High Pressure (-) (-) Input from High Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 2,5 V
35 Low Pressure (+) (+) Input from Low Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 3,1 V
36 Low Pressure (-) (-) Input from Low Pressure Closed 2,8 V
Switch Open 2,5 V
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 117
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Replace

Prior operation:
unit) (E.40.D) Step 1 to step 4
NOTE: The system does not have to be emptied in order to replace the low pressure switch.
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 1
2. Disconnect the electrical connector and replace the

low pressure switch (1).
Plug the electrical connector into the low pressure
switch.
SS08E003 2
3. Re-fit the cover plate to the heating and air condition-

ing unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 3
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 118
Sensing system - Replace (High pressure-low pressure switch)

NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the pressure switch.
Disconnect the connector.
Unscrew the switch from the self-closing valve.
BAIL07APH008AVA 1
2. Screw in the pressure switch.

Connect the connector to the pressure switch.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 119
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature)

Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Open the catch and take out the sensor. Disconnect

the plug connection.
SS08D019 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 120
Assembly
4. Connect the connector. Push the sensor inside and
close the catch.
SS08D019 4
5. Insert the air circulation filter element.
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 121
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside

temperature)
Removal
BAIS06CCM376AVA 1
BAIS06CCM377AVA 2
3. Disconnect the plug connection.

Remove the sensor.
SS08D024 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 122
Assembly
4. Fit the sensor.
SS08D024 4
BAIS06CCM377AVA 5
6. Fit the air circulation grating.
BAIS06CCM376AVA 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 123
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature)

Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the air outlet temperature
sensor.
1. Disconnect the connector and replace the air outlet
temperature sensor.
SS08D025 1
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 124
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace

Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the evaporator temperature
sensor.
1. Unscrew the retaining screws. Remove the cover
plate for the evaporator temperature sensor (1) on
the heating and air conditioning unit. Take the evap-
orator temperature sensor out of the evaporator.
SS08D030 1
2. Pull out the plug connection and disconnect it.

Replace the evaporator temperature sensor (1).
SS08D101 2
3. Connect the connector.

Push the evaporator temperature sensor into the
evaporator.
Fit the cover plate for the evaporator temperature
sensor on the heating and air conditioning unit.
SS08D109 3
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 125
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace

Prior operation:
NOTE: The refrigerant does not have to be siphoned out of the unit in order to replace the evaporator temperature
sensor.
Removal
ditioning unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 1
2. Unscrew the retaining screws. Remove the cover

plate for the evaporator temperature sensor (1) on
the heating and air conditioning unit.
SS08D029 2
3. Take the evaporator temperature sensor out of the

evaporator. Disconnect the connector.
SS08D028 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 126
Assembly
4. Push the evaporator temperature sensor into the
evaporator. Connect the connector.
ATTENTION: Carefully push the sensor pipe into the evap-
orator and ensure that it is not bent.
SS08D028 4
5. Fit the cover plate for the evaporator temperature

sensor (1) on the heating and air conditioning unit
and tighten the screws.
SS08D029 5

unit.
BAIS06CCM383AVA 6
Next operation:
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 127

- Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction
Evaporator air not cold Low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair
Gauge reading :- Evacuate system
Low Pressure - Low Charge system, re-test system
High Pressure - Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air not cold Expansion valve allowing too much refrig- Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading :- erant to flow through the evaporator Set for Maximum cooling.
Low Pressure - High Low pressure gauge should drop slowly
High Pressure - High If expansion valve is defective:
(Refer to example Discharge System
ENVIRONMENT Replace Expansion Valve
CONTROL Heating, Evacuate System
ventilation and Charge System
air-conditioning - Re-test
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air not cold Internal leak in compressor. (reed valves, Discharge the system
Gauge reading :- gasket, worn or scored piston rings or cylin- Replace the compressor
Low Pressure - High der) Evacuate the system
High Pressure - Low Charge the system
(Refer to example Re-test
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air warm Extremely low refrigerant charge. Perform leak tests and repair
Gauge reading :- Evacuate system
Low Pressure - Low Charge system, re-test system
High Pressure - Low
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Evaporator air warm Improper operation of condenser Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
Gauge reading :- flow and cooling.
Low Pressure - High Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
High Pressure - High Repair or replace as needed.
(Refer to example Check for overcharge as follows:
ENVIRONMENT Stop the engine.
CONTROL Heating, Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
ventilation and rect recovery equipment.
air-conditioning - Recharge the system with the correct quan-
Dynamic description tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
(E.40.D)). cant.
Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 128

Evaporator air cool but Expansion valve not permitting sufficient (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
not sufficiently cold. flow. Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
Gauge reading :- should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
High Pressure - Low Discharge system.
(Refer to example Replace expansion valve.
ENVIRONMENT Evacuate system.
CONTROL Heating, Charge system.
ventilation and Re-test.
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D)).
Insufficient cooling Restriction in liquid line Discharge the system
Gauge reading :- Replace the receiver/drier
Low Pressure - Low Inspect all lines and tubing from compres-
High Pressure - High sor outlet to expansion valve.
(Refer to example Replace if needed.
ENVIRONMENT Evacuate the system
CONTROL Heating, Charge the system
ventilation and Re-test
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Insufficient cooling Low System low on charge Air or moisture Perform leak test
pressure reading does not present in system Discharge system
fluctuate with changes Repair leaks
in temperature control Replace receiver/drier
switch (pressure should Check oil level
drop until compressor Evacuate system
cycles) Evaporator air not Charge the system
cold. Re-test
Gauge reading :-
Low Pressure - Normal
High Pressure - Normal
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Low pressure switch Stuck valve (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
cutting out Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
Gauge reading :- should drop slowly.
Low Pressure - Low (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
High Pressure - Low Discharge system.
(Refer to example Replace expansion valve.
ENVIRONMENT Evacuate system.
CONTROL Heating, Charge system.
ventilation and Re-test.
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 129

Expansion valve (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
to evaporator tube Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
shows considerable should drop slowly.
condensation or frost. (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
Gauge reading :- Discharge system.
Low Pressure - Low Replace expansion valve.
High Pressure - Low Evacuate system.
(Refer to example Charge system.
ENVIRONMENT Re-test.
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Too cold to touch (1). Check expansion valve as follows:
Gauge reading :- Set at max. cooling. Low pressure gauge
Low Pressure - Low should drop slowly.
High Pressure - Low (2). If expansion valve is defective:-
(Refer to example Discharge system.
ENVIRONMENT Replace expansion valve.
CONTROL Heating, Evacuate system.
ventilation and Charge system.
air-conditioning - Re-test.
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
Liquid line hot (condenser Overcharged with refrigerant Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
outlet to expansion valve flow and cooling.
tube) Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Gauge reading :- Repair or replace as needed.
Low Pressure - High Check for overcharge as follows:
High Pressure - High Stop the engine.
(Refer to example Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
ENVIRONMENT rect recovery equipment.
CONTROL Heating, Recharge the system with the correct quan-
ventilation and tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
air-conditioning - cant.
Dynamic description Recheck performance of air conditioning
(E.40.D)) system.
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 130

High pressure switch Air in system Inspect for dirty condenser restricting air
cutting out flow and cooling.
Gauge reading :- Check operation of condenser cooling fans.
Low Pressure - High Repair or replace as needed.
High Pressure - High Check for overcharge as follows:
(Refer to example Stop the engine.
ENVIRONMENT Recover and recycle the charge using cor-
CONTROL Heating, rect recovery equipment.
ventilation and Recharge the system with the correct quan-
air-conditioning - tity of refrigerant, replacing any lost lubri-
Dynamic description cant.
(E.40.D)) Recheck performance of air conditioning
system.
Compressor cycles “on" Defective temperature control (thermo- Stop engine and shut off A/C
and “off" too frequently static) switch Replace temperature control switch
Gauge reading :- Re-test system and check compressor cy-
Low Pressure - High cling
High Pressure - Normal
(Refer to example
ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Heating,
ventilation and
air-conditioning -
Dynamic description
(E.40.D))
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 131
Index
FRAME AND CAB - E
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - 40.D

Air filter - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Command Switch - Replace (Blower speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Command Switch - Replace (Modes of operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Compressor - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Compressor - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Compressor - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Compressor Cylinder head - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Compressor Cylinder head - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Compressor Shaft seal - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Condenser - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Cooler - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
T6030 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6050 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6070 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6010
Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6020 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6060 Auto Temperature Control (ATC), T6040 Auto
Temperature Control (ATC)
Electrical control Temperature control potentiometer - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Electronic HVAC control - Electrical test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Electronic HVAC control - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Decontaminating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Evacuate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Install (Heating and air conditioning unit) 66
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Leakage test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 132
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T6030 Standard Climate Control, T6050 Standard Climate Control, T6070 Standard Climate Control, T6010 Standard Climate
Control, T6020 Standard Climate Control, T6060 Standard Climate Control, T6040 Standard Climate Control
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Remove (Heating and air conditioning unit)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Service instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Evaporator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Expansion valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Heater valve - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Heater Water valve actuator - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Receiver/drier - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Sensing system - Overview (High pressure-low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Sensing system - Replace (High pressure-low pressure switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Sensing system Evaporator temperature sensor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Sensing system Low pressure switch - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Overview (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Cab temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outlet temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Replace (Outside temperature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 133
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage divider) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Ventilation system Blower speed drive - Replace (Voltage regulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Ventilation system Motor - Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
84276574A 10/05/2010
E.40.D / 134
HITCH Front hitch - 10.B
T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
HITCH Front hitch
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Front hitch
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SERVICE
HITCH Front hitch
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Lift arm
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
DIAGNOSTIC
HITCH Front hitch
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 2
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - HITCH Front hitch
HITCH Front hitch - Torque
BVF0980C 1
HYDRAULIC FRONT LIFT TORQUE VALUES - TRACTORS WITH SUPERSTEER FRONT AXLE
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 3
BVF0984A 2
HYDRAULIC FRONT LIFT TORQUE VALUES - ALL MODELS
BVF0983A 3
1 Apply Loctite 243 to the thread 2 Apply Loctite 638 to the thread
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 4
HITCH Front hitch - Static description
BVF0859A 1
Front Hydraulic Lift
The front hydraulic lift consists of an adjustable top link and a pair of folding lower links. The top and lower links have
open claws that permit rapid coupling and uncoupling of implements. The claws are equipped with self locking latches
to ensure positive retention of the tractor linkage to the implement.
Two single acting hydraulic cylinders are used to raise and lower the hydraulic lift.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 5
HITCH Front hitch - Disassemble
WARNING
Handle all parts carefully. Do not put your hands or fingers between parts. Wear suitable safety clothing -
safety goggles, gloves and shoes.
B026
BVF0859A_425 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 6
HITCH Front hitch - Assemble
WARNING
B026
BVF0859A_425 1
Refer to HITCH Front hitch - Torque (H.10.B)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 7
HITCH Front hitch - Remove
WARNING
B026
1. Lower the front hydraulic lift arms.

Remove the battery cover and disconnect the battery
negative cable (1).
BVE0207A_424 1
2. Remove the retaining pin (1) and remove the front

top link.
BVF0853A 2
3. Disconnect the hydraulic supply pipe (1) from the

T-piece.
BVF0842A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 8
4. Using a suitable strap, attach the hydraulic front lift

to a suitable hoist.
Remove the left hand side hydraulic front lift retaining
bolts. Repeat this step for the right hand side.
BVF0980A 4
5. Remove the hydraulic front lift.
BVF0858A 5
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 9
HITCH Front hitch - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Using a suitable hoist, install the hydraulic front lift.
BVF0858A 1
2. Install the left hand side and right hand side hydraulic
front lift retaining bolts. Tighten the retaining bolts to
the specified torque value.
BVF0980B 2
3. Connect the hydraulic supply pipe (1) to the T-piece.
BVF0842A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 10
4. Install the front top link and install the retaining pin
(1).
BVF0853A 4
5. Connect the battery negative cable (1) and install the

battery cover.
BVE0207A_424 5
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 11
Lift arm - Remove
WARNING
B026
1. Lower the front hydraulic lift arms.

Remove the battery cover and disconnect the battery
negative cable (1).
BVE0207A_424 1
2. Remove the retaining bolts (1), retaining pins (2) and

remove the front hydraulic lift arms.
BVF0985A 2
3. Disconnect the hydraulic ram supply pipe (1) from the

T-piece.
BVF0854A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 12
4. Remove the T-piece retaining bolt (1) and detach the

T-piece from the hydraulic front lift.
BVF0849A 4
5. Remove the hydraulic front lift ram lower retaining nut

and bolt (1).
BVF0855A 5
6. Remove the retaining nut (1), slide out the pin and
remove the hydraulic front lift ram.
BVF0856A 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 13
Lift arm - Install
WARNING
B026
1. Handle all components with the greatest care. Do

not insert hands or fingers between the parts. Wear
goggles, gloves and footwear.
Install the hydraulic front lift ram and slide in the pin.
Install the retaining nut and tighten to the specified
torque value.
BVF0856B 1
2. Install the hydraulic front lift ram lower retaining nut

and bolt. Tighten to the specified torque value.
BVF0855B 2
3. Attach the T-piece to the hydraulic front lift and install

the hydraulic front lift retaining bolt (1).
BVF0849A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 14
4. Connect the hydraulic ram supply pipe (1) to the

T-piece.
BVF0854A 4
5. Install the front hydraulic lift arms, retaining pins and

the retaining bolts. Tighten the retaining bolts to the
specified torque value.
BVF0985B 5
6. Connect the battery negative cable (1) and install the

battery cover.
BVE0207A_424 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 15
HITCH Front hitch - Troubleshooting

Front hydraulic lift not Diverter valve not open. Open the diverter valve.
raising
Height limit control incorrectly set. Adjust the height limit control to the re-
quired setting.
Front hydraulic lift arm position sensing po- Replace the potentiometer.
tentiometer damaged.
Front hydraulic lift will not Front hydraulic lift cylinder oil seals leaking. Overhaul the front hydraulic lift cylinders.
raise heavy loads
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 16
Index

HITCH Front hitch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
HITCH Front hitch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
HITCH Front hitch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
HITCH Front hitch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
HITCH Front hitch - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
HITCH Front hitch - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
HITCH Front hitch - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Lift arm - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Lift arm - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 17
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.B / 18
HITCH Rear hitch - 10.C
T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
HITCH Rear hitch
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Cylinder
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Rear hitch
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Control valve
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Cylinder
Sectional view (50 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Sectional view (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Top link
Exploded view Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
SERVICE
HITCH Rear hitch
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 2
Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Control valve
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Relief valve
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Cylinder
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Disassemble (50 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Assemble (50 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Disassemble (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Assemble (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Top link
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Remove Right Hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Install Right Hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Overhaul Right hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Rod
Remove Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Overhaul Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Install Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
DIAGNOSTIC
HITCH Rear hitch
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 3
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - HITCH Rear hitch
HITCH Rear hitch - Torque

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
26368 1
TORQUE VALUES Thread Tightening torque

Lift Bolts securing control valve block to lift (C1) M 8 x 1.25 26 Nm (19.2 lb ft)
Control valve cap (C2) M 20 x 1.5 54 Nm (39.8 lb ft)
Cylinder safety valve (C3) M 20 x 1.5 83 Nm (61.2 lb ft)
Check valve union (C4) M 24 x 1.5 83 Nm (61.2 lb ft)
Lift internal arm retaining bolts M 10 x 1.25 61 Nm (45.0 lb ft)
Position shaft nut M 10 x 1.25 15 Nm (11.1 lb ft)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 4
26370 2
TORQUE VALUES Thread Tightening torque

Bolts securing lift to rear transmission casing (C1) M 12 x 1.25 98 Nm (72.3 lb ft)
Nuts for lever quadrant bracket stud bolts (C2) M 8 x 1.25 25 Nm (18.4 lb ft)
Lifting arm plate retaining bolts (C3) M 14 x 1.5 142 Nm (105 lb ft)
Third point support retaining bolts (C4) M 14 x 1.5 147 Nm (108 lb ft)
Lift cylinder retaining bolts:
- upper (C5) M 16 x 1.5 260 Nm (192 lb ft)
- front (C6) M 14 x 1.5 157 Nm (116 lb ft)
HITCH Rear hitch - Special tools

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
CAUTION
The operations described in this section can only be carried out with the ESSENTIAL tools indicated by an
(X). To work safely and efficiently and obtain the best results, it is also necessary to use the recommended
specific tools listed below and certain other tools, which are to be made according to the drawings included
in this manual.
B008
Tool No. Description

380000224 Hydraulic lift lifting hook
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 5
Tool No. Description

X 380000225 Ring for fitting lift piston seals
X 380000262 Punch for fitting lift arm shaft seal
X 380000261 Punch for fitting needle bearings on control valve block control lever bushing
X 380000260 Punch for fitting bearings on draft control lower lever and link rod
X 380000230 Wrench for cylinder safety valve setting ring nut
X 380000231 Wrench for lift pressure relief setting ring nut
X 380000266 Guard for fitting seal on arm descent speed control pin
380000240 Universal pressure control kit
380000215 Hand pump for valve calibration
X 380000218 Union for cylinder safety valve calibration
X 380000217 Union for lift pressure relief valve calibration
X 380000274 Union for checking distributor valve seal
X 380000267 Wrench for arms height adjustment
X 380000275 Guard for pilot valve seal
X 380000263 Controlled draft setting tool
X 380000264 Position and draft control setting tool
380000238 Adapter (use with 380000224)
HITCH Rear hitch - General specification

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
MAIN SPECIFICATIONS OF REAR MECHANICAL HYDRAULIC LIFT

Type with controlled position/draft and mixed control
Operating system by means of two independent levers
automatic, by means of hydraulic device integral to
Setting speed of lift reaction
control valve
allows fast lifting/lowering operations using push
LIFT-O-MATIC
buttons, without using the draft control position levers
Single-acting cylinder:
rated diameter and stroke 110 mm (4.3307 in) x 128 mm (5.0394 in)
capacity 1216 cm³ (74.20 in³)
Pressure relief valve setting 205 bar (2972.50 psi)
Cylinder safety valve setting 210 - 215 bar (3045.00 - 3117.50 psi)
Lift piston diameter 109.980 - 110.000 mm (4.3299 - 4.3307 in)
Internal diameter of cylinder liner 110.036 - 110.071 mm (4.3321 - 4.3335 in)
Clearance between piston and liner 0.036 - 0.091 mm (0.0014 - 0.0036 in)
Diameter of lift arms shaft (11) HITCH Rear hitch - Sectional view (H.10.C) in correspondence with bushes:
right-hand side 54.970 - 55.000 mm (2.1642 - 2.1654 in)
left-hand side 62.670 - 62.700 mm (2.4673 - 2.4685 in)
Internal diameter of bushings fitted on lift body:
right-hand side (8) ¹ 55.100 - 55.184 mm (2.1693 - 2.1726 in)
left-hand side (12) ¹ 62.800 - 62.884 mm (2.4724 - 2.4757 in)
Clearance between lifting arm shaft and relative bushings 0.100 - 0.214 mm (0.0039 - 0.0084 in)
Interference between bushings and relative seats 0.065 - 0.185 mm (0.0026 - 0.0073 in)
Axial clearance of shaft complete with lifting arms 0.2 - 1.4 mm (0.0079 - 0.0551 in)
¹ Value to be obtained after obtaining interference fit without grinding operations.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 6
MAIN SPECIFICATIONS OF REAR MECHANICAL HYDRAULIC LIFT

External diameter of draft control transmission shaft 21.967 - 22.000 mm (0.8648 - 0.8661 in)
Internal diameter of seats in support 22.020 - 22.072 mm (0.8669 - 0.8690 in)
Clearance between transmission shaft and relative seat 0.020 - 0.105 mm (0.0008 - 0.0041 in)
Diameter of position control transmission shaft 13.973 - 14.000 mm (0.5501 - 0.5512 in)
Internal diameter of position control transmission shaft 14.016 - 14.059 mm (0.5518 - 0.5535 in)
Clearance between draft control transmission shaft and
0.016 - 0.086 mm (0.0006 - 0.0034 in)
position control transmission shaft
Clearance between control valve block pin (8) HITCH Rear
hitch - Sectional view (H.10.C) and the relative seat on ² 0.008 - 0.012 mm (0.0003 - 0.0005 in)
the control valve block body
Clearance between lift control valve (10) and the relative
² 0.008 - 0.014 mm (0.0003 - 0.0006 in)
seat on the control valve block body
Check valve return spring (12):
spring free length 25.5 mm (1.0039 in)
spring length under load of 52 - 56 N (11.7 - 12.6 lb) 17.5 mm (0.6890 in)
Control valve block pin return spring (5):
spring free length 50.5 mm (1.9882 in)
spring length under load of 31.7 - 35 N (7.13 - 7.87 lb) 34 mm (1.3386 in)
Control valve return spring (9):
spring free length 44 mm (1.7323 in)
spring length under load of 103 - 114.7 N (23.2 - 25.8 lb) 29 mm (1.1417 in)
Arm descent speed control valve spring (14):
spring length under load of 67 - 73 N (15.1 - 16.4 lb) 27 mm (1.0630 in)
Intervention speed control valve spring (1):
spring length under load of 65 - 71 N (14.6 - 16.0 lb) 32 mm (1.2598 in)
Intervention speed control valve spring (4):
spring length under load of 0.9 - 1 N (0.202 - 0.225 lb) 13 mm (0.5118 in)
² During assembly the control valve block pins and control valves are carefully selected so as to obtain the required
clearance.
MAIN SPECIFICATIONS OF IMPLEMENT HITCHING DEVICE

Type three-point linkage
Category 2
by means of lower arms
Draft control
with flex bar
29.967 - 30.000 mm
Flex bar diameter
(1.1798 - 1.1811 in)
2.0 - 6.0 mm (0.0787 -
Axial clearance of flex bar
0.2362 in)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 7
Cylinder - General specification

LIFT RAM OPTIONS
No. of Ext. Cyl Diameter Internal Cyl. MDC/EDC Axle Type Model
1 50 mm Yes MDC Light Duty T6010, T6020
2 50 mm Yes MDC Light Duty
1 50 mm Yes MDC Heavy Duty T6010, T6020, T6030, T6050
2 50 mm Yes MDC Heavy Duty
2 50 mm Yes EDC Heavy Duty T6010, T6020, T6030, T6050,
T6070
2 80 mm No EDC Heavy Duty All models
2 90 mm No EDC Heavy Duty
LIFT RAM SPECIFICATIONS (50 mm diameter)

Type Single-acting
Quantity 1 or 2
Rod diameter 50 mm (1.97 in)
Stroke 170 mm (6.69 in)
Pin diameter 28 mm (1.10 in)
LIFT RAM SPECIFICATIONS (80 and 90 mm diameter)

Type Single-acting
Quantity 2
Rod diameter 80 mm (3.15 in)
90 mm (3.54 in)
Stroke 177 mm (7.0 in)
Pin diameter 35 mm (1.38 in) /
39 mm (1.54 in)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 8
HITCH Rear hitch - Sectional view

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
26512 1
Lift cross-sectional views
1 Travel limit adjuster screw 2 sunken locknut for travel limit adjuster screw
3 Travel limit shift rail 4 Lift-O-Matic control valve tie-rod arm pin-lever
5 Arms thrust plate 6 Thrust washer
7 Right-hand seal 8 Right-hand bushing
9 Top link support 10 Internal arm
11 Arm control shaft 12 Left-hand bushings
13 Left-hand seal 14 Lift arms
15 Arms thrust plate 16 Thrust washer
17 Top link piston pin 18 Draft control internal lever
19 Bracket 20 Retaining bolt
21 Lock Washer 22 Lever pivot eccentric pin (18)
23 Threaded grub screw
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 9
HITCH Rear hitch - Dynamic description

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
MDE0057A 1
ARM LIFT PHASE
Discharge oil Pressurised oil
1 Check valve 2 Arm descent speed control valve

3 Cylinder safety valve 4 Control valve block pin
5 Control valve 6 Intervention speed adjustment valve
7 Draft transmission rod
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 10
When the operator uses the position control lever (located on the right-hand side) to raise the arms; the movement
shown by the arrows (control valve pin) is transmitted by the internal lever mechanisms to the control valve block pin
(4). This pin interrupts the oil flow to the control valve (5). The valve (5) is moved by the relative spring, and the
intervention speed valve (6), allowing the pressurised oil to open the check valve (1) and act on the arm raise piston.
With controlled draft operation (detail A) the lift command is sent to the flex bar, which in turn transmits the movement
(shown by the arrows) to the control valve block pin (4) via the transmission rod (7).
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 11
MDE0058A 2
NEUTRAL PHASE
Static oil Delivery oil Discharge oil

When the lift arms have reached the predetermined height, the internal lever mechanisms stop. The position of the
control valve block pin (4), allows the oil to be directed to the control valve piston (5) through the intervention speed
adjustment valve (6). The pressurised piston moves the valve, opening a drainage line, allowing the oil to flow to the
transmission casing instead of the lift cylinder.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 12
MDE0059A 3
ARM LOWER PHASE
Discharge oil Delivery oil

7 Draft transmission rod
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 13
When the operator lowers the position control lever on the right-hand side, the arms are lowered. The internal lever
mechanisms transmit movement (shown by the arrows) to the control valve block pin (4). The control valve block pin
(4), is pulled downward by the spring, allowing the cylinder oil, under the thrust of the piston, to discharge through the
arm descent speed control valve (2). The delivery oil passes through the valve (2) and pushes on the control valve
piston (5). This overcomes the resistance of the spring and moves the valve, thereby creating an outlet and allowing
the oil to flow to the transmission casing instead of the lift cylinder.
With controlled draft operation (detail A), the lowering command is sent to the flex bar, which in turn transmits the
movement (shown by the arrows) to the control valve block pin (4) via the transmission rod (7).
NOTE: The lowering speed of the implement connected to the lift arms is controlled by the position of the arm descent
speed control valve (2).
Loosening the valve (2) control screw reduces the size of the outlet between the valve and the control valve block
body.
Fully tightening the screw increases the size of the discharge opening and the implement lowers faster.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 14
HITCH Rear hitch - Static description

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
The tractor is equipped with a hydraulic system providing accurate and sensitive control over a wide range of operating
conditions.
This is a mechanically controlled system that offers Position Control and Draft Control sensed through the lower links
of the 3-point linkage.
The system is controlled by the Draft Control lever (3) the Position Control lever (2) and the fast raise button (1). The
fast raise button will fully raise the 3-point linkage (and attached implement) independently of the Position or Draft
Control levers.
Position Control provides accurate and sensitive control of implements, such as sprayers, rakes, mowers, etc., that
operate above the ground. Once set, the position of the lower links will remain at a constant height unless adjusted
using the lift control lever.
Draft Control is most suitable for mounted implements operating in the ground. Changes in the working depth or
changes in soil resistance cause the draft loading on the implement to increase or decrease.
Pre-operation Checks
CAUTION
Before starting the engine, always ensure that the fast raise button (1) is pushed in, as shown, to prevent
inadvertent raising of the 3-point linkage.
B010
NOTICE: Some mounted or semi-mounted equipment may interfere with, and damage the cab. To avoid the possi-
bility of cab damage, check for adequate clearance by slowly raising the equipment using the Position Control lever
(2). If any part of the equipment comes closer than 100 mm (3.94 in) to the cab, stop raising. Stop the engine, lower
equipment to the ground and adjust the height limiter cam.
BSE3629A 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 15
Height Limiter Cam

The height limiter cam is on the right-hand end of the hydraulic rocker shaft. Turn the cam adjuster (1) clockwise to
decrease implement height, turn anti-clockwise to increase implement height. The cam adjuster is self locking and
will remain in position once set.
BSE3640A 2
The cam (2) is shown in contact with the lever (3) at the maximum height position. To achieve full lift height, turn the
cam adjuster fully anti-clockwise until the cam is clear of the lever when the lower links are in the fully raised position.
NOTE: The height limiter cam only affects operation of the fast raise button. When the cam comes into contact with
the lever, it cancels the signal from the fast raise button and stops the 3-point linkage from raising further.
Repeat the previous step to check for implement to cab clearance. If clearance is inadequate, move the cam further
in a clockwise direction. When clearance is satisfactory, proceed to operate.
BSE3627A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 16
Position Control Operation

NOTICE: Always set the system to Position Control at any time when not actually operating in Draft Control, such as
when attaching or transporting equipment or when no equipment is attached.
Move the Draft Control lever (3), fully forward in the quadrant. Set the required implement height/depth using the
Position Control lever (2). Pull the lever back to raise the implement, push forward to lower. Implement height/depth
is relative to the position of the lever in the quadrant.
BSE3629A 4
To raise the implement at the end of each pass, or whenever required, move the latch (1) rearward to release the fast
raise button. The button (2) will pop out, as shown and the 3-point linkage (and implement) will raise to full lift height
(as determined by the height limiter cam setting) without the need to move the Position Control lever.
To lower the implement, simply press the fast raise button (2) fully in, as shown, and the implement will lower to the
height/depth set by the Position Control lever.
BSE3641A 5
CAUTION
When transporting equipment on the 3-point linkage, raise the implement using the Position Control lever.
The hydraulic system will maintain the equipment at the height set by the Position Control lever and prevent
the equipment lowering and becoming damaged, damaging the road surface or causing personal injury. Fail-
ure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
B009
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 17
Draft Control Operation

When starting work, move the Position Control lever (2) fully forward and lower the implement into work using the Draft
Control lever (3). Push the lever forward to increase the draft loading. Pull rearwards to reduce the draft loading. In
most circumstances forward movement of the lift control lever will increase implement depth and rearward movement
will reduce the depth.
Once set, the tractor hydraulic system will automatically adjust the implement depth to maintain an even pull on the
tractor and so reduce wheel slip to a minimum.
BSE3629A 6
Observe the implement as it pulls through the soil. If the hydraulic system reaction (vertical movement of the imple-
ment) is too great or too frequent then system sensitivity may be reduced by adjustment of the sensor bar spacers (2).
To move a spacer, remove the nut and bolt (4), end stop (3), spacer (2) and lower link (1). Re-install the spacer first,
followed by the lower link and end stop. Secure the end stop with the nut and bolt. Tighten the nut securely. This is
the most sensitive position, recommended for light implements or light draft loads.
To reduce system sensitivity, move the spacers at each end of the sensor bar to the outside of the lower links as shown
in illustration 7. This is the least sensitive position, recommended for heavier implements or heavy draft conditions.
As with Position Control operation, use the fast raise button to raise and lower the 3-point linkage (and implement) at
the end of each pass. Do not move the Draft Control lever as this will affect the previously determined setting.
BSE3625A 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 18
Combined Position and Draft Control Operation

When starting work, lower the implement to the required depth by means of the Draft Control lever (3), as previously
described. Observe the implement as it pulls through the soil.
When the implement stabilises at the required depth, ease the Position Control lever (2) back until the lift arms tend to
rise. The lift linkage is now operating in Draft Control but the implement is prevented, by the Position Control function,
from sinking too far when the draft load reduces.
BSE3629A 8
Float Operation
To operate with the lift in float mode move the Draft and Position Control levers fully forward. This will enable the lift
arms to move up and down freely allowing the implement to follow the ground contours.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 19
Control valve - Sectional view

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
26516 1
Hydraulic lift control valve block cross-sectional views
1 Intervention speed adjustment valve spring 2 Seal and ring

3 Seal and ring 4 Intervention speed adjustment valve spring
5 Control valve block pin return spring 6 Seal and ring
7 Control valve block pin seat 8 Control valve block pin
9 Control valve return spring 10 Control valve
11 Check valve ball 12 Check valve return spring
13 Cylinder safety valve 14 Arm descent speed control valve spring
15 Seal and ring
NOTE: When fitting seals (2), (3), (6) and (15), heat the corresponding support disks in oil at a temperature of approx-
imately 50 °C (122 °F). When fitting seal (15) and its support disk, use guard 380000266. When fitting seal (6) and
its support disk, use guard 380000275. Seals (2) and (3)and the relative support disks can be fitted without guards,
as long as care is taken not to damage them.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 20
Cylinder - Static description
BSE3666A 1
An assist ram can be installed to increase hydraulic lift power on certain models.
The assist rams are connected to the lift arms and anchored on the rear axle using a bracket.
The assist ram is single-acting type and controlled by the oil flow from the lift control valve, which operates the hy-
draulic lift.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 21
Cylinder - Sectional view (50 mm)
BSE3562A 1
Assist Ram ( 50 mm Diameter)
1 Assist ram cylinder 2 Guide Ring

3 Rod seal 4 Guide Ring
5 Rod Wiper 6 Rod
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 22
Cylinder - Sectional view (80 and 90 mm)
BSE3560A 1
Assist Ram ( 80 mm and 90 mm Diameter)
1 Seeger Ring 2 Assist Ram Cylinder

3 Rod 4 Seal
5 Back-up Washer 6 Rod Wiper
7 Bushing
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 23
Top link - Exploded view Control Valve
BAIL07APH393FSA 1
Hydraulic operated Top Link and Right Hand Link Control Valve Components
1.Plug 2.Hexagon headed socket screws

3.Spool valve 4.Plug
5.Connector 6.Seal
7.O-Ring 8.Couplers
9.Solenoid 10.Hose connectors
11.Spring
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 24
Top link - Hydraulic schema
BAIL07APH394FSA 1
Hydraulic Adjustable Right Hand and Top link Schematic
1.Top Link Cylinder 2.Right Hand Lift Cylinder

3.Low Pressure Feed 4.Check Valve
5.Solenoid Valve 6.Spool Valve
When the remote valve lever is operated without the button being depressed the right hand cylinder (2) functions in
the same way as in a normal system. High pressure oil is fed through ports (A) and (B) , flows across the spool (6)
and in and out of the couplers (E) and (F) .
If the button on the remote lever is depressed the solenoid (5) is activated. This allows low pressure oil to move the
spool (6) across overcoming the spring pressure and allowing oil from high pressure ports (A) and (B) to flow through
ports (C) and (D) to the top link cylinder (1).
When the cylinders have been adjusted to the desired length they are locked in position by the lock out valves located
on each cylinder.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 25
Top link - Static description

Hydraulic adjustment of both top link and right hand lift rod is available (where fitted). This system allows hydraulic
implement adjustment with out the loss of any remote service.
BTB0056B 1
The cylinders are connected to a solenoid valve block (1) by hydraulic hoses using remote couplings and hose con-
nectors.
BAIL07APH388ASA 2
The right hand link is connected to the remote valve couplers which are integral with the solenoid block.
BAIL07APH389ASA 3
The top link is connected the solenoid block by hose connectors.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 26
BAIL07APH390ASA 4
The solenoid block is situated on top of the remote valve stack and is fed low pressure oil via a hose (1) connected
to the low pressure feed pipe. The return oil is fed back to tank by a hose located on top of the solenoid block.
BAIL07APH391ASA 5
To lengthen the right hand lift rod and move the lower link downwards, pull No. 4 remote control valve lever (2) towards
you. Push the lever away from you, past the neutral position to retract the cylinder and shorten the right hand lift rod.
To lengthen the top link, depress and hold in the button (1) on No. 4 remote control valve lever and pull the lever
towards you. Push the lever away from you, past the neutral position to retract the cylinder and shorten the top link
assembly.
BAIL07APH392ASA 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 27
HITCH Rear hitch - Remove

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Prior operation:
Remove the trailer brake valves - see Trailer brake valve - Remove (D.34.C).
Remove the remote control valves - see PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Open center mechanical re-
mote valve - Remove (A.10.D).
DANGER
B012
1. Remove the split pins (1), vertical tie-rod pins (2) and
detach the vertical tie rods.
Remove the top link pin (3) and remove the top link.
BVE0487A 1
2. Disconnect the lift assist ram oil supply pipe (1). Re-
move the circlip (2). Remove the lift assist ram lower
retaining bracket retaining nuts (3) and remove the
lift assist ram.
BVE0488A 2
3. Remove the draft cable and the position cable retain-

ing nuts (1) and detach the draft cable and the posi-
tion cable.
BVE0223B 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 28
4. Remove the retaining clip (1) and detach the Lift-O-

Matic cable.
BVE0252A_405 4
5. Disconnect the oil pressure relief valve hose (1). Re-

move the banjo bolt (2) and remove the relief valve
assembly.
BVE0489A 5
6. Remove the mechanical rear hydraulic lift retaining

bolts.
7. Install the special tool 380000238 (1) to the mechan-
ical rear hydraulic lift.
BVE0490A 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 29
8. Install the special tool 380000224 (2) to the spe-

cial tool 380000238 (1). Attach the special tool
380000224 to a suitable hoist.
BVE0600A 7
9. Remove the mechanical rear hydraulic lift.
Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Disassemble (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 30
HITCH Rear hitch - Disassemble

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Prior operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Remove (H.10.C)
WARNING
B026
1. Using suitable slings or chains, connect the hydraulic

lift to a hoist and install the hydraulic lift on a rotating
stand (1).
25624 1
2. Remove the oil supply pipes from the mechanical

rear hydraulic lift.
BVE0514A 2
3. Remove the control valve.
BVE0515A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 31
4. Remove the hydraulic lift cylinder retaining bolts (1).
BVE0516A 4
5. Remove the retaining bolts (1) securing the internal

levers to the hydraulic lift cylinder.
Remove the hydraulic lift cylinder retaining bolt (2).
BVE0517A 5
6. Remove the roll pin from the Lift-O-Matic control in-

ternal lever.
BVE0518A 6
7. Remove the Lift-O-Matic control linkage (1).
BVE0519A 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 32
8. Remove the hydraulic lift cylinder and piston (1).
25627 8
9. Use compressed air in the inlet port to remove the

piston (2) from the hydraulic lift cylinder (1).
25297 9
10. Remove the circlip and remove the position control

internal lever (1).
BVE0521A 10
11. Remove the lift control lever friction disc cover bolts
(1).
BVE0522A 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 33
12. Remove the lift control lever friction disc circlip (1).
BVE0523A 12
13. Remove the lift control levers and the friction discs.
BVE0524A 13
14. Remove the lift control linkage bracket retaining bolts

(1).
BVE0525A 14
15. Remove the eccentric shaft retaining screw (1).

Remove the eccentric shaft (2) and the internal lift
control linkage.
Remove the right hand side lift arm retaining bolt
(3), the Lift-O-Matic height limiter (4) and remove the
right hand side lift arm (5).
BVE0526A 15
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 34
16. Remove the the right hand side thrust washer.

17. Remove the left hand side retaining bolt. Remove
the left hand side lift arm and the thrust washer.
18. Release the retaining bolt safety tab on the internal
arm (1) and remove the retaining bolt.
Remove the shaft (2).
Remove and discard the and the oil seals (3).
25632 16
Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Assemble (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 35
HITCH Rear hitch - Assemble

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Prior operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Disassemble (H.10.C)
WARNING
B026
NOTE: Install new O-ring seals and sealing washers as required.

1. Using the special tool 380000260 (1), install the draft
control internal lever (2) bearings.
26298 1
2. Using the special tool 380000261 install the control

valve lever bearings.
3. Install the lift arms shaft (2) and the internal arm (1)
into the lift casing, matching up the reference marks.
Tighten the internal arm retaining bolt.
26299 2
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 36
4. Using a suitable plastic sheet cover the splines on

the shaft (1) to prevent damage to the new oil seal.
Install the oil seal (2) onto the shaft and push the oil
seal manually into its seat. Remove the plastic sheet.
26300 3
5. Using the special tool 380000262 (1), install the oil

seal into the correct position.
26326 4
6. Install the thrust washers and install the lift arms (1)
on to the shaft, matching up the reference marks.
25633 5
7. Install the Lift-O-Matic height limiter (3) onto the right

hand side lift arm (4).
Install the eccentric shaft (2) and the internal lift con-
trol linkage.
Install the eccentric shaft retaining screw (1).
BVE0526C 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 37
8. Install the right hand side lift arm retaining bolt.

Tighten to the specified torque valve. Repeat this
step for the left hand side lift arm.
BVE0526B 7
9. Install the lift control linkage bracket retaining bolts

(1).
BVE0525A 8
10. Install the lift control levers and the friction discs.
BVE0524A 9
11. Install the lift control lever friction disc circlip (1).
BVE0523A 10
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 38
12. Install the lift control lever friction disc cover bolts (1).
BVE0522A 11
13. Install the position control internal lever (1) and install
the circlip.
BVE0521A 12
14. Using the special tool 380000225 (2), install the pis-
ton (1) into the hydraulic lift cylinder (3).
25634 13
15. Install the hydraulic lift cylinder and piston (1).
25627 14
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 39
16. Install the Lift-O-Matic control linkage (1).
BVE0519A 15
17. Install the roll pin to the Lift-O-Matic control internal

lever.
BVE0518A 16
18. Install the hydraulic lift cylinder retaining bolt. Tighten

BVE0517B 17
19. Install the retaining bolts (1) securing the internal

levers to the hydraulic lift cylinder.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 40
20. Install the hydraulic lift cylinder retaining bolts.

Tighten to the specified torque value.
BVE0516B 18
21. Thoroughly clean and degrease the mating sufaces

and apply a bead of liquid gasket of approximately 2
mm (0.08 in) diameter following the pattern shown.
26327 19
22. Install the control valve. Tighten to the specified

torque value.
BVE0515B 20
23. Install the oil supply pipes to the mechanical rear hy-
draulic lift.
BVE0514A 21
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 41
24. Using suitable slings or chains, connect the hydraulic

lift to a hoist and remove the hydraulic lift from the
rotating stand (1).
25624 22
Next operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Install (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 42
HITCH Rear hitch - Install

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Prior operation:
HITCH Rear hitch - Assemble (H.10.C)
DANGER
B012
1. Thoroughly clean and degrease the mating surfaces

and apply a bead of liquid gasket of approximately 2
mm (0.08 in) diameter following the pattern shown.
BVE0608A 1
2. Install the mechanical rear hydraulic lift and remove

the special tool 380000224 (2) from the special tool
380000238 (1).
BVE0600A 2
3. Remove the special tool 380000238 (1) from the me-

chanical rear hydraulic lift.
BVE0490A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 43
4. Install the mechanical rear hydraulic lift retaining

bolts.
5. Install the oil pressure relief valve assembly. Install
the banjo bolt (2) and connect the relief valve hose
(1).
BVE0489A 4
6. Attach the Lift-O-Matic cable and install the retaining

clip (1).
BVE0252A_405 5
7. Attach the draft cable and the position cable. Install

the draft cable and the position cable retaining nuts
(1).
BVE0223B 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 44
8. Install the lift assist ram, lower retaining bracket, and

the retaining nuts. Tighten the retaining nuts to the
specified torque value. Install the circlip (2) and con-
nect the lift assist ram oil supply pipe (1).
BVE0488B_406 7
9. Install the top link and install the top link pin (3).
Attach the vertical tie-rods. Install the vertical tie-rod
pins (2) and the split pins (1).
BVE0487A 8
Next operation:
Install the trailer brake valves - see Trailer brake valve - Install (D.34.C).
Install the remote control valves - see PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM Open center mechanical remote
valve - Install (A.10.D).
Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil - see Consumables Lubrications and Coolants.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 45
HITCH Rear hitch - Adjust

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
WARNING
B026
NOTE: The adjustments should be carried out with the mechanical rear hydraulic lift on a rotating stand.
Position Control Adjustment

1. Make sure the Lift-O-Matic control linkage (1) re-
mains in the OFF position (external lever locked in
the vertical position) unless otherwise indicated.
BVE0528A 1
2. Remove the control valve.
BVE0515A_407 2
3. Install the special tool 380000264 (1) to the mechan-

ical rear hydraulic lift.
BVE0603A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 46
4. Position the lift arms in the raised position.

Place the position control lever in the fully raised po-
sition.
Using the special tool 380000267 (1) loosen the lock
nut and loosen the maximum height limit adjustment
screw until it no longer makes contact with the control
valve lever.
25637 4
5. Adjust the link (2) until the plunger (P1) is aligned

with the exteral reference (R1) on the special tool
380000264 (1).
Tighten the locknut.
BVE0531A 5
Draft Control Adjustment

BVE0528A 6
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 47

Place the position and draft control levers (1) in the
fully lowered position.
25640 7
8. Remove the PTO housing - see REAR PTO Hy-

draulic - Remove (C.40.C).
9. Remove the top section of the draft sensing control
rod (1).
BVE0606A 8
10. Attach the top section of the draft sensing control

rod (3) to the extension adaptor of the special tool
380000263 (1).
Place the special tool 380000263 (1) onto a surface
plate and adjust the end of the rod (3) until the upper
end of the rod is level with the special tool 380000263
(1).
Tighten the locknut (2).
24679 9
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 48
BVE0604A 10
11. Install the special tool 380000263 (2) and the exten-
sion adaptor/rod onto the hydraulic rear lift cover.
12. Loosen the eccentric shaft grub screw (7).
13. Rotate the eccentric shaft (6) until the cam lobe (8)
is pointing towards the rear of the hydraulic lift cover.
14. Using the adjustment screw (4) on the special tool
(2), align the plunger (P1) with the inner register (R2)
of the special tool 380000264 (1).
15. Rotate the eccentric shaft (6) until the plunger (P1)
is fully retracted.
16. Using the adjustment screw (4), align the plunger
(P1) with the inner register (R2) of the special tool
(1).
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 49
17. Rotate the eccentric shaft (6) until the plunger (P1)
is level with the outer register (R1) of the special tool
(1).
18. Using a suitable depth gauge (3), measure the dis-
tance from the top of the extension adaptor/rod to the
top surface of the special tool (2).
19. If the measurement (L2) is not between 23.9 - 24.1
mm (0.9409 - 0.9488 in) slacken the adjustment
screw (4) and adjust the link (5) accordingly.
20. Rotate the adjustment screw (4) until the plunger
(P1) is level with the outer register (R1).
21. Check the measurement (L2) is between 23.9 - 24.1
mm (0.9409 - 0.9488 in).
22. Install the top section of the draft sensing control rod
(1).
BVE0606A 11
23. Install the special tool 380000263 (1) onto the rear
axle drive housing. Install a suitable depth gauge (2)
to check the height of the draft sensing control rod
(3).
BVE0605A 12
24. Using the depth gauge, check that the height (H1) of
the draft sensing control rod is between 18.7 - 18.9
mm ( 0.7362 - 0.7440 in) above the rear axle drive
housing.
BVE0607A 13
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 50
25. If the measurement (H1) is not between 18.7 - 18.9

mm (0.7362 - 0.7441 in) slacken the adjustment nut
(1) and adjust the draft sensing control rod as re-
quired.
BVE0606A 14
Upper Height Limit Adjustment

BVE0528A 15

Place the position control lever in the fully raised po-
sition.
Connect a compressed air line to the special tool
380000264 and fill the lift cylinder with air.
Using the special tool 380000267 (1), adjust the max-
imum height limit screw so that the plunger (P1) re-
tracts 1.3 - 1.7 mm (0.0512 - 0.0669 in) below the
internal register (R2).
Tighten the locknut.
BVE0529A 16
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 51
28. Disconnect the compressed air line.

Remove the special tool 380000264.
Install the control valve. Tighten the retaining bolts
BVE0515B_408 17
29. Install the PTO housing - see REAR PTO Hydraulic

- Install (C.40.C).
Position Control Cable Adjustments

30. Move the position control lever (2) fully forward on
the quadrant to a distance (L) of 15 - 20 mm (0.5906
- 0.7874 in) from the start of the slot.
BVE0597A 18
31. Move the external position control lever (1) com-

pletely back against the spacer.
Connect the control cable and the adjust the length
as required.
Secure the cable in position using the locknuts.
26360 19
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 52
Draft Control Cable Adjustment

32. Test Conditions:
- engine running at medium speed;
- allow the oil in the system to reach a temperature
of 30 - 40 °C (86 - 104 °F).
Then proceed as follows:

Move the position control lever (2) fully forward on the
quadrant and the draft control lever (1) to a distance
(L1) of 15 - 20 mm (0.5906 - 0.7874 in) from the start
of the slot.
BVE0596A 20
33. Move the external draft control lever (2) completely

back against the spacer.
Connect the control cable and adjust the length as
required.
26360 21
34. Move the draft control lever (1) to a distance (L2) of

185 - 195 mm (7.2835 - 7.6772 in) from the start of
the slot and check that the arms start to raise.
BVE0595A 22
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 53
Lift-O-Matic Cable Adjustments

35. Move the position control lever (2) and the draft con-
trol lever (1) completely forward on the quadrant.
BVE0594A 23
36. Depress the latch (1) to release the fast raise button
(2) and raise the arms.
BVE0492A 24
37. Adjust the nut (1) until the arms begin to lower and
unscrew the nut (1) by another 1.5 turns.
26364 25
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 54
38. Using the fast raise button (2) and the latch (1), raise
and lower the arms a few times.
BVE0492A 26
Lift-O-Matic Upper Stroke Height Limit Adjustment

NOTE: Always use appropriate tools to align fixing holes. NEVER USE YOUR FINGERS OR HANDS.
39. Apply a load to the link ends of the lower implement
attachment arms.
40. Start the engine and keep it running at medium
speed.
41. Depress the fast raise button (2) to lower the arms.
BVE0609A 27
42. Move the position control lever (2) and the draft con-
trol lever (1) completely forward on the quadrant.
Using the position control lever (2) raise the arms to
the desired height.
BVE0594A 28
NOTE: The arm upper stroke height limit adjustment only applies to the Lift-O-Matic device and does not affect the
other functions of the lift. This means that the arms can be raised completely using the draft and position control
levers.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 55
43. Loosen the cam adjuster (1) and turn the Lift-O-Matic
cam (2) clockwise until it contacts the needle (4) on
the Lift-O-Matic control lever (3).
26358 29
44. Use the Lift-O-Matic control switches to raise and

lower the arms a few times to ensure the correct op-
eration.
NOTE: The arm upper stroke height limit adjustment only applies to the fast raise device and does not affect the other
functions of the lift. This means that the arms can be raised completely using the draft and position control levers.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 56
Control valve - Disassemble

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Prior operation:
Remove the control valve - see HITCH Rear hitch - Disassemble (H.10.C).
WARNING
B026
1. Before disassembly, thoroughly clean the surfaces

of the control valve, clamp the control valve in a vice
and unscrew bolts (1) and (2).
25704 1
2. Remove the cover (1) on the lift body (2).
25705 2
3. Unscrew the cap (1) and remove the spring (2) and
the valve (3).
25707 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 57
4. Remove the cylinder safety valve (4) and recover the

arm lowering speed adjustment valve (3), the spring
(2) and the pin (1).
25709 4
5. Disassemble the non-return valve: union (1), spring

(2) and ball (3).
25711 5
6. Extract the control valve pin (1) and remove the rel-
ative seat (3) and spring (2).
25713 6
7. Remove the cap (1) and spring and the delivery con-
trol valve shutter.
26296 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 58
8. Disassemble the piston (1), spring (3), ball (2) and

shutter (4) on the delivery control valve.
25208 8
Next operation:
Control valve - Check (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 59
Control valve - Check

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Prior operation:
Control valve - Disassemble (H.10.C)
1. Check the wear of the seals on the control valve

block-pin seat. If damaged, replace the seals using
protection device 380000275 (1), and following the
instructions item 5.
Check the efficiency of the control valve block pin as
follows.
25714 1
2. Fit the control valve block pin (2) complete with seat
(3) on the tool 380000274 (1).
25715 2
3. Fit the control valve block pin spring (1) and the cap
(2) of tool 380000274. Tighten the cap as far as it will
go and check that the control valve block-pin slides
in its seat.
25716 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 60
4. Assemble tool 380000274 (2) on the hand pump

380000275 (3), supplied with ISO VG68, DIN
51524/51525 oil for outside temperatures of 0 - 50
°C (32 - 122 °F). Connect a dial gauge (1), securing
in position with the screw.
25717 4
5. Operate the hand pump, whilst tightening the tool

screw (1), until the oil stops flowing out through the
control valve block pin seat outlet.
Zero-set the dial gauge.
Tighten the screw (1) on the tool further to move the
control valve block pin by 1.8 - 2 mm (0.071 - 0.079
in), using the dial gauge to read this distance.
25718 5
6. Operate the hand pump until the oil in the system

is at an initial pressure of 245 bar (3553 psi). Using
the pressure gauge, check that it takes more than six
seconds for the pressure to fall 196 bar (2842 psi)
to 98 bar (1421 psi). If it takes less than this time,
replace the control valve block pin. Bear in mind that
this part is supplied together with the relevant seat.
25719 6
7. Check the control valve cover seals (1) and replace

if necessary.
25721 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 61
8. Check the control valve seals (1) and replace if nec-

essary.
Check the arm descent speed control pin seal and
replace if necessary, following the instructions in the
note on Control valve - Sectional view (H.10.C).
Check the cylinder pressure relief valve calibration
as follows.
25722 8
9. Fit the cylinder safety valve (1) on the valve union

380000218 (2) and connect to the hand pump
380000277 (3).
Operate the hand pump (3) and check that the cylin-
der safety valve opens at a pressure of 210 - 215
bar (3045 - 3118 psi). If the valve setting does not
correspond with the specified value, it is advised to
change the valve immediately. If necessary it can be
adjusted by turning the threaded cap, using wrench
380000230. Tighten to increase the valve setting
value or loosen to reduce the value.
25720 9
Next operation:
Control valve - Assemble (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 62
Control valve - Assemble

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Prior operation:
Control valve - Check (H.10.C)
WARNING
B026
1. Assemble the piston (1), ball (2), spring (3) and shut-
ter (4) on the delivery control valve.
25208 1
2. Install the spring and delivery control valve shutter

and the cap (1).
26296 2
3. Install the seat (3), spring (2) and the control valve
pin (1).
25713 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 63
4. Assemble the non-return valve: union (1), spring (2)

and ball (3). Tighten to the specified torque value of
83 Nm (61 lb ft).
25711 4
5. Install the pin (1) the spring (2) the arm lowering
speed adjustment valve (3) and the cylinder safety
valve (4). Tighten to the specified torque value of 83
Nm (61 lb ft).
25709 5
6. Install the spring (2) and the valve (3) and the cap
(1). Tighten to the specified torque value of 54 Nm
(40 lb ft).
25707 6
7. Before assembly, thoroughly clean the surfaces of

the control valve.
Install the cover (1) on the lift body (2).
25705 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 64
8. Clamp the control valve in a vice and tighten the re-

taining bolts (1) and (2).
25704 8
Next operation:
Install the control valve - see HITCH Rear hitch - Assemble (H.10.C).
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 65
Relief valve - Pressure test

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
The lift pressure regulating valve (high pressure circuit re-

lief valve) (1) is linked from the oil supply line.
If faulty, remove and replace the valve.
BVE0167A 1
LIFT PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE

1. Run the engine until oil reaches a temperature of
approximately 50 °C.
2. Insert fitting tool no. 380000554 (1) into a remote
valve coupler and connect to a 0 - 250 bar (0 -
3625 psi) pressure gauge 380000544 from test kit
no. 380000240.
BVE0168A 2
3. Move and hold the remote control valve lever until

the pressure regulating valve operates.
4. With the engine running at 1500 RPM, the pressure
gauge should read approx. 205 bar (2973 psi). If
the valve setting is not to specification, the best thing
to do is to replace the valve. In case of need, how-
ever, it is possible to adjust valve setting through the
threaded plug using the spanner tool no. 380000231.
Tighten the threaded plug to increase valve setting,
loosen to decrease.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 66
The pressure regulating valve setting can also be checked as a bench test, as follows:
5. Mount the pressure regulating valve (1) on the test
fitting tool no. 380000217 (2) and connect fitting to
the hand pump tool no. 380000215 (3).
Prime the hand pump (3) and check that the pres-
sure regulating valve opens at a pressure of approx-
imately 205 bar (2973 psi).
25217 3
NOTE: The pressure regulating valve is set with oil flow in production. Consequently, the test performed using the
hand pump tool no. 380000215 should be considered as indicative only. Therefore, we advise to test the pressure
regulating valve setting with the valve installed in the tractor, as previously described above.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 67
Cylinder - Remove
Prior operation:
Disconnect the battery cable - see Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A).
WARNING
B026
NOTICE: Make sure that the lift arms are in lowest position and support them on blocks.
1. Disconnect the oil supply line taking care to drain the
oil into a suitable container.
2. 80 and 90 mm Cylinder:
Remove screw (1) holding top pin.
BSE3593A 1
50 mm Cylinder:
Remove the circlip (1) with circlip pliers.
BSE3663A 2
3. Loosen the 4 nuts on cylinder bracket.
BSE3582A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 68
4. Remove the top pin and lower the cylinder.

Support the cylinder and completely remove the
cylinder and bracket.
Next operation:
Cylinder - Disassemble (80 and 90 mm) (H.10.C) or
Cylinder - Disassemble (50 mm) (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 69
Cylinder - Disassemble (50 mm)

Prior operation:
Cylinder - Remove (H.10.C)
WARNING
B026
1. Holding the cylinder securely pull the rod (6) from the
cylinder.
SS09F013 1
2. Remove all seals.
Next operation:
Cylinder - Assemble (50 mm) (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 70
Cylinder - Assemble (50 mm)

Prior operation:
Cylinder - Disassemble (50 mm) (H.10.C)
1. Install all seals.

2. Lubricate components with specified oil and install
the rod (6).
SS09F013 1
Next operation:
Cylinder - Install (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 71
Cylinder - Disassemble (80 and 90 mm)

Prior operation:
Cylinder - Remove (H.10.C)
WARNING
B026
1. Remove the elbow fitting.

2. Position the cylinder so that the end of the rod is
aligned with the hole in the cylinder body.
Using a screwdriver move the retaining ring (1) into
the recess on the rod.
SS09F014 1
3. Holding the cylinder securely pull the rod from the

cylinder.
4. Remove all seals.
Next operation:
Cylinder - Assemble (80 and 90 mm) (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 72
Cylinder - Assemble (80 and 90 mm)

Prior operation:
Cylinder - Disassemble (80 and 90 mm) (H.10.C)
1. Install all seals.

2. Lubricate components with specified oil and install
the rod.
3. Align the rod end with the hole in the cylinder.
Using a screwdriver move the retaining ring (1) onto
the recess at the end of the rod.
SS09F015 1
4. Refit the elbow fitting.
Next operation:
Cylinder - Install (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 73
Cylinder - Install
Prior operation:
Cylinder - Assemble (80 and 90 mm) (H.10.C) or
Cylinder - Assemble (50 mm) (H.10.C)
1. Place cylinder in line with the top pin hole and locate
pin into position.
2. Locate bottom bracket and pin assembly through the
cylinder and into the centre housing.
BSE3670A 1
3. Locate and tighten the four nuts on the bracket to a

torque of 160 Nm (118 lb ft).
BSE3582A 2
4. Connect the oil supply line.

5. 80 and 90 mm Cylinder:
Place screw (1) into the pin and tighten to 50 Nm
(36.9 lb ft).
BSE3593A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 74
50 mm Cylinder:
Install the circlip (1) with circlip pliers.
BSE3663A 4
Next operation:
Connect the battery cable - see Battery - Connect (A.30.A).
Refill the driveline with the correct specification oil - see Consumables Lubrications and Coolants.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 75
Top link - Remove

Prior operation:
Battery - Disconnect (A.30.A)
1. Disconnect the oil lines and drain the oil into a suit-
able container
2. Support the cylinder with appropriate lifting equip-
ment . Remove the retaining clip and pull out the
retaining pin.
3. Lift out the cylinder.
BAIL07APH395ASA 1
WARNING
B012
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 76
Top link - Overhaul

Prior operation:
Top link - Remove (H.10.C)
1. Unscrew the cylinder end cap (1) using the appropri-

ate tool.
2. Withdraw the piston and rod from tube assembly.
3. Inspect bore of cylinder and replace if scored..
4. Check and replace seals (2) if required.
5. Reassemble cylinder and tighten end cap (1) to 400
Nm (295.02 lb ft)
BAIL07APH396ASA 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 77
Top link - Install

1. Locate the clevis hole of the top link with the hole in
the bracket on the rear axle.
WARNING
Lift and handle all heavy components using lifting
equipment of appropriate lifting capacity. Make sure
that units or parts are supported by suitable slings
or hooks. Make sure that no-one is in the vicinity of
the load to be lifted. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury or death.
B012
2. Slide the pin (1) through the hole and secure with the
BAIL07APH395ASA 1
retaining clip.
3. Reattach the oil supply hoses.
BAIL07APH390ASA 2
4. Lock into position using the locking handle.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 78
Top link - Remove Right Hand Link
WARNING
B012
WARNING
B026
1. Disconnect the oil lines from the right hand link as-
sembly and drain the oil into a suitable container.
2. Remove the linch pin from the link retaining pin lo-
cated at the bottom of the right hand link.
3. Using suitable lifting equipment, support the lower
link and remove the lower retaining pin.
4. Remove the right hand link upper retaining pin retain-
ing bolt. (2)
Using suitable lifting equipment, support the right
hand link. Remove the retaining pin (1) and remove
the right hand link.
BAIL09CCM094AVA 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 79
Top link - Install Right Hand Link
WARNING
B012
WARNING
B012
1. Using suitable lifting equipment lift the right hand link

cylinder assembly into position.
2. Align the upper clevis with the lift arm hole and install
the retaining pin (1).
3. Install the retaining pin retaining bolt (2) and tighten
to 45 N·m (33.2 lb ft)
BAIL09CCM094AVA 1
4. Align the lower clevis pin with the lower link hole.
Install the retaining pin and secure with the linch pin.
5. Connect the oil lines to the cylinder assembly.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 80
Top link - Overhaul Right hand Link

1. Remove the cylinder end cap (1).
2. Remove the piston and rod from the cylinder assem-
bly.
3. Inspect the bore of the cylinder and replace if scored.
4. Check and replace the seals (2) as required.
5. Assemble the cylinder.
Tighten to 400 N·m (295.0 lb ft)
BAIL09CCM095AVA 1
Next operation:
Install the right hand link, for further information refer to Top link - Install (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 81
Rod - Remove Right Hand Link (Hydraulic)

1. Disconnect the oil lines and drain the oil into a suit-
able container.
2. Remove the linch pin from the link retaining pin lo-
cated at the bottom of the link.
3. Support the link and remove the retaining pin.
4. Undo the screw (2) holding the top retaining pin.
5. Support the link and remove the retaining pin (1) .
BAIL07APH397ASA 1
WARNING
B012
Next operation:
Rod - Overhaul (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 82
Rod - Overhaul Right Hand Link (Hydraulic)

Prior operation:
Rod - Remove (H.10.C)
1. Unscrew the cylinder end cap (1) using the appropri-

ate tool.
2. Withdraw the piston and rod from tube assembly.
3. Inspect bore of cylinder and replace if scored.
4. Check and replace seals (2) if required.
5. Reassemble cylinder and tighten end cap (1) to 400
Nm (295.02 lb ft)
BAIL07APH396ASA 1
Next operation:
Rod - Install (H.10.C)
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 83
Rod - Install Right Hand Link (Hydraulic)

1. Support the link and locate the lower clevis with the
lower link hole. Replace the retaining pin and secure
with the linch pin.
2. Locate the upper clevis with the lift arm hole and re-
place the retaining pin (1) .
3. Secure with the screw (2) and tighten to 45 Nm
(33.190 lb ft)
4. Reattach the oil supply hoses.
BAIL07APH397ASA 1
WARNING
B012
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 84
HITCH Rear hitch - Troubleshooting

T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020

The lift does not raise. Oil filter clogged. Replace filter.
Control valve jammed in discharge posi- Release control valve.
tion.
Hydraulic pump faulty. Overhaul or replace pump.
The lift moves in jerks. Oil filter clogged. Replace filter.
Air in the pump suction line. Check that the unions are airtight and the
seals are efficient.
The lift operates in too Foreign bodies between the ball and rela- Disassemble the valve, eliminate foreign
fast. tive seat on the delivery control valve. bodies and check the oil filter.
Faulty on the delivery control valve ball. Replace the delivery control valve.
Delivery control valve piston jammed. Disassemble the valve and remove the
cause of the piston jam.
The lift raises too slowly. Oil filter clogged. Replace filter.
Oil leaking past the seals resulting in pres- Replace all defective seals.
sure loss: piston seals or delivery union
seals.
Hydraulic pump faulty. Overhaul or replace pump.
The lift lowers too slowly. Arm descent speed set incorrectly. Set correctly.
The lift lowers too quickly. Arm descent speed set incorrectly. Set correctly.
The lift operates extremely Blocked discharge holes on delivery control Disassemble the valve, eliminate the cause
slowly. valve. of the obstruction and check the oil filter..
Delivery control valve piston jammed. Disassemble the valve and remove the
cause of the piston jam.
The lift is unable to keep Faulty seal on check valve. Dismantle, check and replace the parts
the load raised (with concerned, if necessary.
the engine running, the
load moves up and down
rhythmically; with the
engine turned off, the load
lowers).
Oil leaking past the seals on the control Replace the seals.
valve block pin seat.
Control valve block pin seal faulty. Dismantle and clean the seal; replace the
control valve block pin and seat if defective.
Oil leaking past the lift piston seal or the Replace the seals.
seals on the cylinder oil discharge fitting.
Defective seal or cylinder safety valve seal Replace the valve.
set to very low value.
The pressure relief valve Lift arm travel set incorrectly. Set correctly as described in HITCH Rear
cuts in when the lift arms hitch - Adjust (H.10.C).
reach the completely
raised position.
Lift has poor lifting The pressure relief valve is set incorrectly. Replace the valve.
capacity.
Cylinder safety set incorrectly. Replace the valve.
Poor pump efficiency (generally combined Overhaul or replace pump.
with a considerable increase in lift time).
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 85
Index

Control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Control valve - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Control valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Cylinder - Assemble (50 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Cylinder - Assemble (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Cylinder - Disassemble (50 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Cylinder - Disassemble (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Cylinder - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Cylinder - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Cylinder - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Cylinder - Sectional view (50 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Cylinder - Sectional view (80 and 90 mm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Cylinder - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
HITCH Rear hitch - Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
HITCH Rear hitch - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Relief valve - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
T6030, T6050, T6010, T6020
Rod - Install Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Rod - Overhaul Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Rod - Remove Right Hand Link (Hydraulic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Top link - Exploded view Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Top link - Hydraulic schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Top link - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 86
Top link - Install Right Hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Top link - Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Top link - Overhaul Right hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Top link - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Top link - Remove Right Hand Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Top link - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 87
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.C / 88
HITCH Electronic draft control - 10.D
T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HITCH Electronic draft control
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Control valve
Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Electronic control
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SERVICE
HITCH Electronic draft control
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Command
Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Control valve
Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Sensing system
Lift arm position potentiometer - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Lift arm position potentiometer - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 2
HITCH AND WORKING TOOL - HITCH Electronic draft control
HITCH Electronic draft control - Exploded view
BSE3848A 1
Position/Draft Control Schematic
1 Performance Monitor Radar 2 Control Panel

3 Instrument Panel 4 Electronic Draft Control Valver
5 Hydraulic Lift 6 Load Sensing Pins
7 Lift Arm Position Sensing Potentiometer 8 Implement Depth/Draft Controls
9 Microprocessor
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 3
HITCH Electronic draft control - Dynamic description

In draft control the working position of the lift arms is affected by the lift arm position control lever, draft loading control,
draft sensitivity and slip limit control. All these controls interact with each other to achieve the desired operation of
the hydraulic lift.
D Draft Load on Implement
W Working Depth (Set by Draft Loading Control)
L Lower Limit (Set By Lift Arm Position Control Lever)
C Correction Band (Set by Sensitivity Control)
BRB0171B 1
1b0o2004061066 2
The lower limit working depth of an implement in the soil is controlled by the lift arm position control lever.
Irrespective of any draft loading applied to the implement the maximum depth of the implement will never exceed this
setting.
The depth of the implement is sensed using the lift arm position control potentiometer (1) which sends a signal to the
microprocessor to turn off power to the lower solenoid of the hydraulic control valve when maximum depth has been
reached.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 4
BSE3672A 3
1b0o2004061067 4
Draft Control -Low Sensitivity Setting
When draft control has been selected the working depth of the implement is controlled by the draft loading (red band)
and draft sensitivity (blue band) applied to the load sensing pins.
If draft loading fluctuates within the sensitivity band the lift control valve will remain in the neutral condition and imple-
ment depth will remain constant.
When a low draft sensitivity (sensitivity knob turned counter clockwise) is selected large variations in draft control are
allowed before changes are made to implement depth. This provides a more constant implement working depth.
If the draft loading applied to the implement exceeds the sensitivity setting the control valve raising solenoid is en-
ergised and the implement is raised sufficiently until draft loading are restored to the nominal value set by the draft
loading control.
When draft loading decreases due to lighter soil being encountered the lowering solenoid would be energised to lower
the implement further into the ground and restore the draft force. The working depth of the implement will however
never be lower than that set by the lift arm position control lever.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 5
1b0o2004061068 5
Draft Control - High Sensitivity Setting
When high sensitivity is selected (sensitivity knob turned clockwise) the draft forces will often reach the minimum and
maximum draft control settings. In this situation the hydraulic control valve will make more corrections to implement
depth in order to achieve the required draft loading.
This more sensitive selection of implement draft control is used when working on undulating ground and weight Trans-
fer for adequate traction is essential.
The wide band less sensitive draft control setting, Figure , is used where a more constant implement depth is required
and acceptable traction can be achieved.
NOTE: If Position control has been selected the draft forces applied to the load sensing pins will have no effect and
implement depth is controlled only by the lift arm control lever.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 6
HITCH Electronic draft control - Static description

NOTE: Observe the following precautions when arc welding on tractors installed with electronic draft control
• Where possible, disconnect the part or implement to be arc welded from the tractor.
• Disconnect both battery cables from the battery. Isolate the cable ends to avoid contact with each other and
the tractor.
• Position the welder earth (ground) clamp as close to the welding area as possible.
• If welding is to be carried out in close proximity of the tractor microprocessors then they should be removed
from the tractor.
• Never allow welding cables to lay on, near or across any electrical wiring or electronic component while welding
is in progress.
One method of providing a more constant depth control is to take advantage of the fact that draft loading increases
with implement depth. If a fixed implement draft is maintained a fixed implement depth will result, providing the tractor
speed and type of soil being worked remain constant.
The hydraulic lift electronic draft control system provides a means of accurately controlling implement draft and soil
penetration depth on fully or semi mounted implements.
The principle of electronic draft control, is to sense draft variations through two load sensing pins in the lower links and
using a microprocessor translate these variations into electrical signals for controlling the draft loading and working
depth of an implement.
The smoothness and accuracy provided during operation gives this system a clear advantage over conventional me-
chanical systems.
In addition to providing draft control, it is also necessary to provide a system where the hydraulic links can be main-
tained at a position relative to the tractor regardless of draft forces on the implement. This method of maintaining the
implement position is called position control.
COMPONENTS
Hydraulic Lift Assembly and Control Valve
The hydraulic lift Electronic Draft Control valve (EDC valve) is a stack type proportional solenoid operated valve (2)
mounted with the remote control valves (1) at the rear of the tractor.
The valve responds to pulse width modulated signals from the microprocessor to direct pump pressure oil to and from
the hydraulic lift cylinders in direct proportion to the degree of lift required.
BSE3774A 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 7
Hydraulic Pump
Oil flow to the electronic draft control system is provided by the Fixed Displacement pump or Load Sensing Variable
Displacement piston pump which adjusts output according to hydraulic circuit demand.
Figure 2, Variable Displacement Piston Pump.
BSE3575A_462 2
Figure 3, Fixed Displacement Pump.
BSE3572A_463 3
Electronic Draft Control (EDC) Processor
The processor is the management system for the electronic draft control hydraulic lift assembly.
The processor is housed in a protective casing and connected to the electrical harness via multi-pin connectors. The
processor contains no serviceable parts and requires direct replacement when faulty.
1b0o2004061064 4
The processor is located behind the panel to the rear of the operators seat
The processor converts electronic signals from the operator controls, lift arm position sensing potentiometer and lower
link load sensing pins to operate the pulse width modulating valve and raise/lower the hydraulic lift.
The processor also has a self-diagnostic capability which detects when the system is not functioning correctly. When
this occurs an error code is generated and held in the processor memory so they may be retrieved when diagnosing
faults on the tractor.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 8
BAIL09CCM091AVA 5
Load Sensing Pins
The load sensing pins (1) sense draft variations applied by an implement on the lower links.
The pins react to draft shear forces in the horizontal plane but not forces due to the weight of the implement.
BSE3778A 6
Each load sensing pin consists of a hollow metal tube (1) containing a circuit board (4) and load sensing core (2).
Within the core material are three wire coils (3) supported by metal rods. The coils are energised by the 8.5 volt
supply and create a stable pattern of magnetic flux within the core.
The outer casing of the pin is made from a metal with unique electromagnetic properties. When the metal is subjected
to a shear force, which is centred on the wasted section (5) of the pin, the natural magnetism of the pin casing changes,
which distorts the magnetic flux pattern of the core and is transformed into an electrical output signal. This signal which
is proportional to the draft load acting on the implement is then received by the processor.
TIA35195 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 9
HITCH Electronic draft control - Dynamic description
BRK5502B 1
Electronic draft control functional diagram. Neutral phase
1. Lowering solenoid valve. 2. Lowering valve fixed seat.

3. Discharge chamber. 4. Lowering valve actuator.
5. Lowering valve. 6. Lowering valve chamber.
7. To lifting cylinder. 8. Pressure compensating valve.
9. Excess pressure discharge chamber. 10. Oil from pump
11. Lifting valve. 12. Valve calibration spring (11).
13. Non-return valve. 14. Lifting solenoid valve.
EDC Valve operation - Neutral Phase

The oil from pump (10) meets the closed lifting valve (11), therefore the full pump delivery will be discharged in cham-
ber (9) The lowering valve (5) is closed and the lifting cylinder oil remains trapped between the valve and the check
valve (13), maintaining the implement in the desired position.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 10
BRK5503B 2
Electronic draft control functional diagram. Lifting phase

EDC Valve operation - Lifting Phase

The solenoid valve (14), overcomes the resistance of the spring (12) and moves the lifting valve (11), the oil from
pump (10) flows through the check valve (13), to lifting cylinder (7) and the pressure compensating valve (8), which
adjusts the pressure by discharging any excess pressure through discharge duct (9).
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 11
BRK5501B 3
Electronic draft control functional diagram. Lowering phase

EDC Valve operation - Lowering Phase

The solenoid valve (1) overcomes the resistance of the relative spring and moves the actuator (4) inside the lowering
valve (5). This allows the oil from chamber (6) to discharge through chamber (3), thereby decreasing the pressure
inside chamber (5). In these conditions the oil pressure generated by the implement on the lifting cylinder, through the
duct (7), will move the lowering valve (5) permitting the oil from the lifting cylinder to discharge through the chamber
(3). The oil from pump (10) meets the closed lifting valve (11), therefore the full pump delivery will be discharged in
chamber (9).
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 12
Control valve - Sectional view
BSE3855A 1
Electronic Draft Control Valve Components
1 Load Check Valve 2 Lift Cylinder Relief Valve ( 230 Bar)

3 Lowering Metering Element 4 Lowering Solenoid
5 Raise Solenoid 6 Raise Spool
7 Flow Compensating Valve
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 13
Electronic control - Exploded view
BSE3853A 1
Electronic Draft Control Component Layout
1 Rear Fender External Lift/Lower Switch 2 Draft Sensitivity and Drop Rate Controls
3 Instrument Cluster 4 EDC Microprocessor
5 Implement Depth/Draft Controls
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 14
BSE3885A 2
Electronic Draft Control Component Layout - Continued
1 Electronic Draft Control Valve 2 Lift Arm Position Sensing Potentiometer

3 Performance Monitor Radar 4 Variable Displacement Hydraulic Pump
5 Load Sensing Pin
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 15
Electronic control - Dynamic description

The lift arm position control lever (1) is used to raise and lower the hydraulic lift arms. The lever is used to set the
lower limit working depth of an implement.
Draft control is in operation when the scale of 0 to 9 is selected. Zero is the minimum draft setting and 9 the maximum.
The draft loading control (2) has a scale of zero to 10 and is used to select the implement draft forces which directly
effects the working depth of the implement when lowered into the ground using the lift arm position lever.
When Position 10 is selected the hydraulic lift is in ‘Position Control’ and draft forces applied to the implement have
no effect on the working depth. in this condition the implement depth and position of the lift arms is controlled only by
the lift arm position control lever.
The raise lower switch (3) is a three position switch that enables the implement to be raised and lowered without
moving the lift control lever.
Pressing and releasing the bottom of the switch causes the implement to lower to the preset working depth. The
switch will spring into the mid position when released.
Pressing and holding the bottom of the switch causes the implement to fully lower and overrides the lowering limit set
by the lift arm position control lever. The lift arms will raise back to the preset depth when the button is released.
BSE2888F 1
The drop rate control (1), adjusts the speed at which the lift arms drop during a lowering cycle.
The height limit control (2) restricts the maximum height the lift arms can be raised and is used to prevent large
implements from striking the rear of the cab or platform. This control restricts the lift height when either the lift control
lever or external lift/lower switches are used.
When transporting equipment on the 3 point linkage turning the drop rate control fully anti-clockwise to the transport
lock (padlock symbol) will prevent the implement from accidentally lowering and damaging the road surface.
BSE2884B 2
When transporting equipment implement bounce can lead to lack of steering control at speeds. By turning the drop
rate control fully anti-clockwise and using the raise lower switch to raise the implement, ‘Dynamic Ride Control is
selected and functions whenever the tractor is operating at speeds above 8 kph ( 5 MPH ).
Dynamic Ride Control is an automatic system to counter implement bounce.
Whenever the front wheels hit a bump causing the front of the tractor to rise, the hydraulic system will immediately
react to counter the movement and minimise implement bounce to provide a smoother ride.
The slip limit control (1), available only with the optional radar sensor unit, enables the operator to select a wheel
slip threshold. When the wheel start to slip beyond the set limit the working depth of the implement is automatically
reduced until wheel slip returns to the set level.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 16
BSE2884D 3
The slip limit ‘on’ indicator (2), will illuminate when slip control is activated and the implement is raised to restore the
selected slip rate.
The warning light (5) has two functions:-
A ‘Flashing Light’ warns that there is a malfunction in the Electronic Draft control system. Figure 4
BSE2887A 4
A ‘Steady Light’ is a hitch disabled warning and indicates that the hydraulic lift is disabled and cannot be operated
using the in cab controls. The ‘hitch disabled warning will display if:
• The position control lever has been moved while the engine is stopped.
• One of the external power lift switches has been operated to raise or lower the lift arms.
To put the controls back into phase with the linkage move the raise/lower switch to the central position, start the engine
and move the lift arm control lever slowly forward or rearward until the warning light goes out.
Because soil conditions in a field can vary it is necessary to select the sensitivity rate (draft loading operating band)
at which the system responds to changes in draft loading.
This is achieved using the draft sensitivity control (1) which has a scale of 0 to 10.
Position 10 on the control is the most sensitive where minor variations in soil density will cause the hydraulic system
to respond with repeated movements of the linkage in ordure to maintain the draft loading within required operating
band.
Turning the control towards position 1 (fully clockwise) will progressively decrease the rate of sensitivity. This allows
the draft loading on the pins to vary within a larger operating band before the system responds and makes automatic
corrections to implement depth.
The movement indicator lights (2) and (3) will illuminate every time the system reacts to adjust the draft loading.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 17
BSE2884C 5
BSE2887B 6
When operating in ‘Position Control’ the digital display on the instrument panel will indicate the position of the lift arms
over a scale of ‘0‘ to ‘99‘ (1). A display of ‘0‘ indicates that the links are fully lowered and ‘99‘ that they are fully raised.
BRE1438B 7
Rear Fender Lift Lower Switches
These externally operated switches (1) allow the hydraulic linkage to be raised and lowered by the operator while
standing beside the tractor, so aiding attachment and detachment of implements.
BRE1481B_465 8
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 18
CAUTION
Before leaving the tractor to operate the external switches:- Move the gearshift levers to neutral.- Disengage
the PTO- Apply the parking brake.With the engine running, move the hand throttle lever to the low idle position
(fully rearwards).
B002
The operator must only activate the external switches (1) while standing to the side of the tractor (outboard of the rear
tyres). To avoid damage to implement or tractor, operation of the in cab and external hydraulic controls should
WARNING
Before using the external hydraulic power lift switches, ensure that no person or object is in the area of the
implement or 3-point linkage.Never operate the external switches while standing:- Directly behind the tractor
or tyres.- Between the lower links.- On or near the implement.- Never extend arms, legs, any part of the body
or any object into the area near the 3-point linkage or implement while operating the external switch. - Never
have an assistant working the opposite set of controls.- When moving to the opposite set of controls, move
around the tractor or implement.- Do not cross between the implement and tractor.
B023
1b0o2004061065 9
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 19
HITCH Electronic draft control - Calibrate

1. The EDC electronic management system has an in
built self diagnostic facility which is able to store error
codes and the time since the last occurrence. This
facility utilises the digital display of the AEIC instru-
ment panel to indicate, in coded format, any malfunc-
tion in the electrical and electronic circuitry or the pro-
cessor.
The error codes are listed in the following pages but
reference must be made to the Fault finding and Cal-
ibration chapter of the electrical section.
BSE3118A_470 1
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 20
HITCH Electronic draft control - Pressure test

The following tests checks the operation of the Electronic Draft Control valve / lift cover control valve and lift rams.
NOTICE: Before performing any pressure or flow testing, operate the tractor until the oil in the rear axle is at normal
operating temperature 75 °C (167 °F).
1. Install the T-adaptor 380000842 (1), between the lift
cylinder elbow and the flexible hose.
Attach a 0 - 250 bar (0 - 3625 psi) pressure
gauge 380000553, using the quick release coupler
380000543 and the hose 380000545.
BVE0156A 1
2. Turn the keystart ON, disconnect the lift arm poten-

tiometer (1). Error code 1027 will be displayed or
stored in the memory.
Turn the keystart OFF and reconnect the potentiome-
ter.
Start the engine, Error code 1024 (Electronic Draft
Control requires calibration) will be displayed or
stored in the memory.
Set the engine speed to 1500 RPM to observe the
system operation pressure or 2200 RPM for the max-
imum system pressure.
BVE0157A 2
3. Lower and then fully raise the lift arms. Maximum

system pressure will be applied for approximately 2
seconds as the pressure relief valve operates.
The pressure reading should be 205 - 215 bar (2973
- 3118 psi).
4. If the pressure is low this may indicate either a faulty
electronic draft control valve / lift cover control valve
or a fault in one of the lift rams. A large leak on the
low pressure circuit would also give low remote valve
and hydraulic lift pressure, but not to the trailer brake
circuit.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 21
Command - Calibrate
Calibration of Lift Lever/Arm Potentiometers
Prior operation:
A weight of approximately 200 kg is placed on the liftarms (to overcome any resistance of the lift linkage).
1. Lower lift arms and disconnect vertical rods from

hanger on automatic pick-up hitch (where fitted).
This will allow the lift arms to raise to their maximum
position. Induce error code 1024, by disconnecting
the potentiometer.
Or
Using the fast raise/lower switch, hold the switch in
the raise position and start the engine.
2. Turn all the EDC operator controls fully clockwise and
set the draft wheel to the 0 position..
BSE3148A 1
3. Start engine and set speed to approximately 1100

rpm.
Move lift control lever to fully lower the lift.
Rotate the draft wheel from 0-10 (Min. to max.).
BSE3864A 2
4. Fully raise the hydraulic lift and ensure pick-up hitch

rods do not catch or jam on lift linkage. When the
lift arms reach the fully raised position the pump will
momentarily reach high pressure standby.
Check that the lift arm position display increases to
100.
BSE3865A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 22
5. Reconnect and adjust the rod on the automatic

pick-up hitch as follows:-
Move the lift control lever sufficiently to to allow the
lift arms to lower slightly.
Reconnect the pick-up hitch lift rods.
Adjust the length of the lift rods so that when the
hydraulic lift is fully raised using the external fender
switches, the lift rods are slightly loose.
Check that the automatic pick-up hitch operates cor-
rectly.
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 23
Control valve - Disassemble

1. Remove ‘O’ ring (1) and load sense check valve (2).
BSF3979A 1
2. Remove load check valve

1. Valve
2. Washer
3. Guide
4. Circlip
5. Plug
6. Washer
7. Spring
8. Rubber Seal
BSB0423A 2
3. Unscrew knob (1) and remove ‘O’ ring (2) and coil (3)
from each solenoid (4).
BSB0415A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 24
4. Unscrew and remove the six allen headed screws

and remove retainer plate (1). Remove solenoid
cores (2) and ‘O’ rings (3).
BSB0421A 4
5. Remove Lift Cylinder Safety Valve.

1. Seat
2. Valve
3. Spring
4. Copper Washer
5. Shims
6. End Cap
WARNING
A large spring is positioned beneath the plug, take ex-
treme care when removing plugs.
B041
BSB0422A 5
6. Manufacture box spanner (1) from 18 mm internal

diameter steel tube and remove lift cylinder safety
valve seat (2).
BSB0414A 6
7. Remove flow compensating spool (1).
WARNING
A large spring is positioned beneath the plug, take ex-
treme care when removing plugs.
B041
BSB0417A 7
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 25
8. Remove solenoid assembly (4), ‘O’ ring (3), raise

spool (2) and spring (1).
BSB0418A 8
9. To remove the lowering metering valve it is neces-

sary to disassemble the valve in stages as follows:-
Using a 4 mm allen key unscrew and remove the
plug located on the underside of the EDC valve slice
.
BSB0425A 9
10. Use piece of 14 mm hexagonal bar with an 11 mm

hole drilled through centre to screw the nozzle (1) fur-
ther into valve housing. This will reduce the pressure
of the metering valve spring on circlip (2).
Remove circlip (2), seat (3) and spring (4).
Remove Nozzle.
BSB0427A 10
11. Remove locking ring (1) use a 17 mm piece of hexag-

onal bar (1) with 11 mm hole drilled down centre.
BSB0430A 11
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 26
12. Pull metering element (1) from housing.
BSB0429A 12
13. Disassemble metering element components.

1. Sleeve
2. Metering Element
3. Pilot Spool
4. Plug
5. Circlip
BSB0424A 13
BSB0426A 14
Metering Valve Components
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 27
1 Locking Screw 2 Sleeve

3 Plug 4 Locking Screw
5 Orifice 6 Shim
7 Metering Valve 8 Locking Ring
9 Nozzle 10 Seat
11 Circlip
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 28
Control valve - Assemble
BSB0426A 1
1 Locking Screw 2 Sleeve

3 Plug 4 Locking Screw
5 Orifice 6 Shim
7 Metering Valve 8 Locking Ring
9 Nozzle 10 Seat
11 Circlip
1. Re-assembly follows disassembly Control valve -
Disassemble (H.10.D)procedure in reverse.
2. When installing nozzle (9) and locking ring (5) ensure
serrated edge of orifice and nozzle align with locking
screws (1) and (4).
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 29
Control valve - Remove

1. Lower hydraulic links and thoroughly clean remote
valve stack.
Remove all pipes and electrical connections from the
remote valves (1) and electronic draft control valve.
BSE3671A 1
2. Make a diagonal mark across the remote valves to fa-

cilitate correct positioning when re-assembling. Un-
screw the three retaining studs and carefully remove
the top plate and remote valve slices .
BSE3594A 2
3. NOTE: The valve stack is very heavy take care when

dismantling.
BSE3597A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 30
4. Remove the EDC slice being careful not to dislodge

the spring located on the load sensing valve.
BSE3847A 4
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 31
Control valve - Install

1. Ensure spring is correctly located in the load sensing
valve of the bottom (Power Beyond ) slice.
Locate the EDC valve on top of the bottom slice.
BSE3597A 1
2. Replace the remote valve slices in the correct order.

Install the top plate and make sure all slices are cor-
rectly aligned. Replace the clamping bolts into the
stack.
BSE3678B 2
3. Tighten clamp bolts to torque of 30 Nm in sequence

1,2,3.
1b0o2004061063 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 32
Sensing system Lift arm position potentiometer - Remove

1. Removal (Op:35 130 50)
Lower hydraulic lift arms.
Disconnect load sensing pin connectors (1). The
connectors are located on top of the rear axle hous-
ing.
BSE3590A 1
2. Remove guard by removing the two retaining bolts

(1).
BSE3591A 2
3. Remove the two bolts from the retaining bracket and

withdraw Pin.
BSE3592A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 33
4. If required use extra 10 mm bolt holes (1) and bolts

(2) to jack pin from locating hole.
BSE3598A 4
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 34
Sensing system Lift arm position potentiometer - Install

1. Install pin making sure that it is located with the three
flat sides facing towards the front of the tractor.
TIA35096 1
2. Install the retaining bracket with the open end facing

the rear of the tractor.
Torque clamp bolts to the specified torque ( 48 Nm).
BSE3592A 2
3. Re install guard and tighten bolts to 23 Nm.
BSE3591A 3
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 35
Index

Command - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Control valve - Assemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Control valve - Disassemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Control valve - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Control valve - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Control valve - Sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Electronic control - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Electronic control - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
HITCH Electronic draft control - Calibrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
HITCH Electronic draft control - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
HITCH Electronic draft control - Dynamic description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
HITCH Electronic draft control - Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
HITCH Electronic draft control - Pressure test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
HITCH Electronic draft control - Static description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Sensing system Lift arm position potentiometer - Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Sensing system Lift arm position potentiometer - Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
84276574A 10/05/2010
H.10.D / 36

Linked PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Linked PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

SERVICE MANUAL

T6010 / T6020 / T6030 / T6040 /

FRAME AND CAB - E

Part number 84410765

FRAME Primary frame - 10.B

T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070

FRAME AND CAB - E

FRAME Primary frame - 10.B

Front - Torque (Front support)

Suspended axle and supersteer™ axle

(A) screw 650 Nm (479 lb ft)

Front - Special tools

Front - Remove (Front support and front axle)

1. Disconnect the battery cable - see Battery - Discon-

3. Loosen the hose clamps (1), remove the pipe clamp

5. Disconnect the Plugs (1).

Tractors with Air Conditioning

7. Slide out the air conditioning condenser from the ra-

9. Loosen the hose clamp (1) and disconnect the

10. Loosen the coolant hose clamp (1) and disconnect

11. Disconnect the steering sensor electrical connector

12. Detach the driveline oil cooler supply and return

13. Disconnect the steering cylinder supply and return

14. Remove the four wheel driveshaft - see Shaft - Re-

15. Position the splitting kit (1) 380000569 beneath the

16. Position wooden wedges (1) between the front axle

17. Using a spreader bar and suitable chains or slings,

18. Support the assembly on axle stands at the front and

Front - Install (Front support and front axle)

2. Make sure the wooden wedges (1) are between the

3. Align the front support to the engine and install the

5. Install the four wheel driveshaft - see Shaft - Install

6. Connect the steering cylinder supply and return

7. Attach the driveline oil cooler supply and return pipes

8. Connect the steering sensor electrical connector (if

9. Connect the coolant hose and tighten the hose clamp

10. Connect the coolant hose connecting the cab heater

11. Connect the coolant hoses to the radiator and tighten

Tractors with Air Conditioning

13. Install the receiver dryer retaining screws to the re-

17. Using a suitable sling, connect the front weights to a

18. Connect the battery cable - see Battery - Connect

Front - Clearance (Front support)

2. Align the front support to the engine and install the

Colour Code Shim Thickness Part Number

4. Separate the front support from the engine and re-

FRAME AND CAB - E

FRAME Primary frame - 10.B

T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070

FRAME AND CAB - E

Engine hood - Remove

2. Disconnect the headlamp electrical connectors, re-

4. Remove the retaining clip (1) and disconnect the

Engine hood - Install

1. Connect the engine hood to a hoist using a nylon

2. Lower the engine hood slowly, ensure that all cables

3. Install the headlamp and the retaining screws. Con-

FRAME AND CAB - E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A

T6010 , T6020 , T6030 , T6040 , T6050 , T6060 , T6070

FRAME AND CAB - E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A

Instrument panel Analogue-digital instrument cluster - Dynamic